gdb/gdbserver/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68 #include "gdb_regex.h"
69
70 /* readline include files */
71 #include "readline/readline.h"
72 #include "readline/history.h"
73
74 /* readline defines this. */
75 #undef savestring
76
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "python/python.h"
79
80 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81
82 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85
86 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
91 void *),
92 void *);
93
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97
98 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
99
100 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
101 struct linespec_result *,
102 enum bptype, char *,
103 char **);
104
105 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
106 struct linespec_result *,
107 struct linespec_sals *,
108 char *, enum bptype,
109 enum bpdisp, int, int,
110 int,
111 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
112 int, int, int);
113
114 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
115 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
116
117 static void clear_command (char *, int);
118
119 static void catch_command (char *, int);
120
121 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
122
123 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
124
125 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
126
127 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
128 enum bptype,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
130 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
131 const struct symtab_and_line *);
132
133 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
134 static. */
135 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
136 struct symtab_and_line,
137 enum bptype,
138 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
139
140 static struct breakpoint *
141 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
142 enum bptype type,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
144
145 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
146
147 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
148 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
149 enum bptype bptype);
150
151 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
152 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
153 struct obj_section *, int);
154
155 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
156 CORE_ADDR addr1,
157 struct address_space *aspace2,
158 CORE_ADDR addr2);
159
160 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
161 struct bp_location *loc2);
162
163 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
164 struct address_space *aspace,
165 CORE_ADDR addr);
166
167 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
168
169 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
170
171 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
172 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
173
174 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
175
176 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
177
178 static void commands_command (char *, int);
179
180 static void condition_command (char *, int);
181
182 typedef enum
183 {
184 mark_inserted,
185 mark_uninserted
186 }
187 insertion_state_t;
188
189 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
190 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
191
192 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
193
194 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
195
196 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
197
198 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
199
200 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
201
202 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
203 enum bptype type,
204 int *other_type_used);
205
206 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
209
210 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
211
212 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
213
214 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
215
216 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
217
218 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
219
220 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
221 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
222
223 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224
225 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
226
227 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
228 CORE_ADDR pc);
229
230 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
232 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
233
234 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
235
236 static void update_global_location_list (int);
237
238 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
239
240 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
241
242 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
243
244 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
245
246 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
247
248 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
249
250 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
251
252 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
253
254 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
255
256 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
257
258 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
259 otherwise. */
260
261 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
262
263 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
264 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
265 char *cond_string,
266 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
267
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
269 from. */
270 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
271
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
276
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
279
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
282
283 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
284 breakpoints. */
285 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
288 breakpoints share a single command list. */
289 struct counted_command_line
290 {
291 /* The reference count. */
292 int refc;
293
294 /* The command list. */
295 struct command_line *commands;
296 };
297
298 struct command_line *
299 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
300 {
301 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
302 }
303
304 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
305 current breakpoint. */
306
307 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
308
309 const char *
310 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
311 {
312 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
313 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
314 a breakpoint. */
315 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
316
317 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
318 }
319
320 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
321 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
322 if such is available. */
323 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
324
325 static void
326 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
327 struct cmd_list_element *c,
328 const char *value)
329 {
330 fprintf_filtered (file,
331 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
332 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
333 value);
334 }
335
336 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
337 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
338 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
339 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
340 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
341 static void
342 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
343 struct cmd_list_element *c,
344 const char *value)
345 {
346 fprintf_filtered (file,
347 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
348 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
349 value);
350 }
351
352 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
353 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
354 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
355 use hardware breakpoints. */
356 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
357 static void
358 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
359 struct cmd_list_element *c,
360 const char *value)
361 {
362 fprintf_filtered (file,
363 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
364 value);
365 }
366
367 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
368 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
369 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
370 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
371 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
372
373 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
374 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
375 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
376 static const char *const always_inserted_enums[] = {
377 always_inserted_auto,
378 always_inserted_off,
379 always_inserted_on,
380 NULL
381 };
382 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
383 static void
384 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
386 {
387 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
390 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
391 value,
392 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
393 else
394 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396 }
397
398 int
399 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
400 {
401 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
402 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
403 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
404 }
405
406 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
407
408 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
409 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
410
411 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
412 static int overlay_events_enabled;
413
414 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
415 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
416
417 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
419 current breakpoint. */
420
421 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
422
423 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
424 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
425 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
426 B = TMP)
427
428 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
429 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
430 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
431
432 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
433 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
434 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
435 BP_TMP++)
436
437 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
438
439 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
440 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
441 if (is_tracepoint (B))
442
443 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
444
445 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
446
447 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
448
449 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
450
451 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
452
453 static unsigned bp_location_count;
454
455 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
456 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
457 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
458 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
459 an address you need to read. */
460
461 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
462
463 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
464 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
465 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
466 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
467 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
468
469 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
470
471 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
472 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
473 by a target. */
474 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
475
476 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
477
478 static int breakpoint_count;
479
480 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
481 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
482 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
483 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
484 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
485
486 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
487
488 static int tracepoint_count;
489
490 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
491 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
492 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
493
494 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
495 static int
496 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
497 {
498 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
499 }
500
501 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
502
503 static void
504 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
505 {
506 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
507 breakpoint_count = num;
508 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
509 }
510
511 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
512 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
513 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
514
515 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
516 breakpoint made. */
517
518 void
519 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
520 {
521 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
522 }
523
524 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
525 breakpoint made. */
526
527 void
528 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
529 {
530 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
531 }
532
533 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
534
535 void
536 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
537 {
538 struct breakpoint *b;
539
540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
541 b->hit_count = 0;
542 }
543
544 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
545 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
546
547 static struct counted_command_line *
548 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
549 {
550 struct counted_command_line *result
551 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
552
553 result->refc = 1;
554 result->commands = commands;
555 return result;
556 }
557
558 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
559
560 static void
561 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
562 {
563 if (cmd)
564 ++cmd->refc;
565 }
566
567 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
568 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
569 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
570
571 static void
572 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
573 {
574 if (*cmdp)
575 {
576 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
577 {
578 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
579 xfree (*cmdp);
580 }
581 *cmdp = NULL;
582 }
583 }
584
585 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
586
587 static void
588 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
589 {
590 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
591 }
592
593 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
594 argument. */
595
596 static struct cleanup *
597 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
598 {
599 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
600 }
601
602 \f
603 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
604 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
605
606 struct breakpoint *
607 get_breakpoint (int num)
608 {
609 struct breakpoint *b;
610
611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
612 if (b->number == num)
613 return b;
614
615 return NULL;
616 }
617
618 \f
619
620 void
621 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
622 int from_tty)
623 {
624 xfree (b->cond_string);
625 b->cond_string = NULL;
626
627 if (is_watchpoint (b))
628 {
629 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
630
631 xfree (w->cond_exp);
632 w->cond_exp = NULL;
633 }
634 else
635 {
636 struct bp_location *loc;
637
638 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
639 {
640 xfree (loc->cond);
641 loc->cond = NULL;
642 }
643 }
644
645 if (*exp == 0)
646 {
647 if (from_tty)
648 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 char *arg = exp;
653
654 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
655 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
656 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
657 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
658
659 if (is_watchpoint (b))
660 {
661 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
662
663 innermost_block = NULL;
664 arg = exp;
665 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
666 if (*arg)
667 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
668 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
669 }
670 else
671 {
672 struct bp_location *loc;
673
674 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
675 {
676 arg = exp;
677 loc->cond =
678 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
679 if (*arg)
680 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
681 }
682 }
683 }
684 breakpoints_changed ();
685 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
686 }
687
688 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
689
690 static void
691 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
692 {
693 struct breakpoint *b;
694 char *p;
695 int bnum;
696
697 if (arg == 0)
698 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
699
700 p = arg;
701 bnum = get_number (&p);
702 if (bnum == 0)
703 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
704
705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
706 if (b->number == bnum)
707 {
708 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
709 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
710 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
711 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
712 if (b->py_bp_object
713 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
714 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
715 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
716 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
717 return;
718 }
719
720 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
721 }
722
723 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
724 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
725 Throw if any such commands is found. */
726
727 static void
728 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
729 {
730 struct command_line *c;
731
732 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
733 {
734 int i;
735
736 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
737 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
738 "only be used for tracepoints"));
739
740 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
741 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
742
743 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
744 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
745 command directly. */
746 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
747 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
748
749 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
750 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
751 }
752 }
753
754 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
755
756 static int
757 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
758 {
759 return (type == bp_tracepoint
760 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
761 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
762 }
763
764 int
765 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
766 {
767 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
768 }
769
770 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
771 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
772 found. */
773
774 static void
775 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
776 struct command_line *commands)
777 {
778 if (is_tracepoint (b))
779 {
780 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
781 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
782 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
783 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
784 struct command_line *c;
785 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
786 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
787 {
788 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
789 {
790 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
791 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
792 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
793 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
794 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
795 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
796
797 if (while_stepping)
798 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
799 "can be used only once"));
800 else
801 while_stepping = c;
802 }
803 }
804 if (while_stepping)
805 {
806 struct command_line *c2;
807
808 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
809 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
810 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
811 {
812 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
813 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
814 }
815 }
816 }
817 else
818 {
819 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
820 }
821 }
822
823 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
824 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
825
826 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
827 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
828 {
829 struct breakpoint *b;
830 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
831 struct bp_location *loc;
832
833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
834 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
835 {
836 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
837 if (loc->address == addr)
838 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
839 }
840
841 return found;
842 }
843
844 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
845 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
846
847 void
848 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
849 struct command_line *commands)
850 {
851 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
852
853 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
854 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
855 breakpoints_changed ();
856 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
857 }
858
859 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
860 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
861 commands. */
862
863 void
864 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
865 {
866 int old_silent = b->silent;
867
868 b->silent = silent;
869 if (old_silent != silent)
870 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
871 }
872
873 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
874 breakpoint work for any thread. */
875
876 void
877 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
878 {
879 int old_thread = b->thread;
880
881 b->thread = thread;
882 if (old_thread != thread)
883 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
884 }
885
886 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
887 breakpoint work for any task. */
888
889 void
890 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
891 {
892 int old_task = b->task;
893
894 b->task = task;
895 if (old_task != task)
896 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
897 }
898
899 void
900 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
901 {
902 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
903
904 validate_actionline (&line, b);
905 }
906
907 /* A structure used to pass information through
908 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
909
910 struct commands_info
911 {
912 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
913 int from_tty;
914
915 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
916 char *arg;
917
918 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
919 already-parsed command. */
920 struct command_line *control;
921
922 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
923 yet been read. */
924 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
925 };
926
927 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
928 commands_command. */
929
930 static void
931 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
932 {
933 struct commands_info *info = data;
934
935 if (info->cmd == NULL)
936 {
937 struct command_line *l;
938
939 if (info->control != NULL)
940 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
941 else
942 {
943 struct cleanup *old_chain;
944 char *str;
945
946 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
947 "%s, one per line."),
948 info->arg);
949
950 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
951
952 l = read_command_lines (str,
953 info->from_tty, 1,
954 (is_tracepoint (b)
955 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
956 b);
957
958 do_cleanups (old_chain);
959 }
960
961 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
962 }
963
964 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
965 do anything. */
966 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
967 {
968 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
969 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
970 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
971 b->commands = info->cmd;
972 breakpoints_changed ();
973 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
974 }
975 }
976
977 static void
978 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
979 struct command_line *control)
980 {
981 struct cleanup *cleanups;
982 struct commands_info info;
983
984 info.from_tty = from_tty;
985 info.control = control;
986 info.cmd = NULL;
987 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
988 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
989 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
990
991 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
992 {
993 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
994 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
995 breakpoint_count);
996 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
997 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
998 else
999 {
1000 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1001 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1002 numbers will fail in this case. */
1003 arg = NULL;
1004 }
1005 }
1006 else
1007 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1008 our argument. */
1009 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1010
1011 if (arg != NULL)
1012 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1013
1014 info.arg = arg;
1015
1016 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1017
1018 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1019 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1020
1021 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1022 }
1023
1024 static void
1025 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1026 {
1027 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1031 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1032
1033 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1034 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1035 enum command_control_type
1036 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1037 {
1038 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1039 return simple_control;
1040 }
1041
1042 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1043
1044 static int
1045 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1046 {
1047 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1048 return 0;
1049 if (!bl->inserted)
1050 return 0;
1051 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1052 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1053 return 0;
1054 return 1;
1055 }
1056
1057 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1058 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1059
1060 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1061 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1062 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1063 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1064 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1065 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1066 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1067 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1068 and:
1069 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1070
1071 void
1072 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1073 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1074 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1075 {
1076 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1077 search. */
1078 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1079
1080 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1081 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1082 report higher one. */
1083
1084 bc_l = 0;
1085 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1086 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1087 {
1088 struct bp_location *bl;
1089
1090 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1091 bl = bp_location[bc];
1092
1093 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1094 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1095 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1096 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1097
1098 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1099 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1100 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1101
1102 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1103 >= bl->address)
1104 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1105 <= memaddr))
1106 bc_l = bc;
1107 else
1108 bc_r = bc;
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1112 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1113 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1114 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1115 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1116 B:
1117
1118 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1119
1120 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1121 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1122 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1123 and L2. */
1124 while (bc_l > 0
1125 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1126 bc_l--;
1127
1128 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1129
1130 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1131 {
1132 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1133 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1134 int bp_size = 0;
1135 int bptoffset = 0;
1136
1137 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1138 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1139 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1140 bl->owner->number);
1141
1142 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1143 content. */
1144
1145 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1146 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1147 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1148 break;
1149
1150 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1151 continue;
1152 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1153 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1154 continue;
1155
1156 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1157 we need to copy. */
1158 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1159 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1160
1161 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1162 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1163 are reading. */
1164 continue;
1165
1166 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1167 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1168 reading. */
1169 continue;
1170
1171 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1172 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1173 {
1174 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1175 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1176 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1177 bp_addr = memaddr;
1178 }
1179
1180 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1181 {
1182 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1183 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1184 }
1185
1186 if (readbuf != NULL)
1187 {
1188 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1189 shadow. */
1190 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1191 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1192 }
1193 else
1194 {
1195 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1196 const unsigned char *bp;
1197 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1198 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1199
1200 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1201 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1202 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1203
1204 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1205 address. */
1206 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1207
1208 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1209 breakpoint's INSN. */
1210 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1211 }
1212 }
1213 }
1214 \f
1215
1216 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1217
1218 static int
1219 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1220 {
1221 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1222 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1223 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1227 software. */
1228
1229 int
1230 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1231 {
1232 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1233 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1237 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1238 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1239 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1240 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1241 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1242 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1243 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1244
1245 static int
1246 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1247 {
1248 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1249 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1250 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1251 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1252 }
1253
1254 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1255 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1256
1257 static void
1258 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1259 {
1260 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1261
1262 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1263 {
1264 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1265 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1266 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1267 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1268 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1269 }
1270 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1271 }
1272
1273 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1274 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1275 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1276 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1277 in b->loc->cond.
1278 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1279
1280 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1281 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1282 it.
1283
1284 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1285 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1286 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1287 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1288 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1289 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1290 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1291 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1292
1293 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1294 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1295 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1296 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1297 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1298 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1299 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1300 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1301 not changed.
1302
1303 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1304 hardware watchpoints:
1305
1306 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1307 called several times when GDB stops.
1308
1309 [linux]
1310 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1311 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1312 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1313 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1314 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1315 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1316 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1317 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1318 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1319 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1320 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1321
1322 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1323 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1324
1325 static void
1326 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1327 {
1328 int within_current_scope;
1329 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1330 int frame_saved;
1331
1332 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1333 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1334 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1335 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1336 return;
1337
1338 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1339 return;
1340
1341 frame_saved = 0;
1342
1343 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1344 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1345 within_current_scope = 1;
1346 else
1347 {
1348 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1349 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1350 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1351
1352 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1353 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1354 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1355 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1356 return;
1357
1358 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1359 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1360 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1361 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1362 selected frame. */
1363 frame_saved = 1;
1364 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1365
1366 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1367 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1368 if (within_current_scope)
1369 select_frame (fi);
1370 }
1371
1372 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1373 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1374 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1375 b->base.loc = NULL;
1376
1377 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1378 {
1379 char *s;
1380
1381 if (b->exp)
1382 {
1383 xfree (b->exp);
1384 b->exp = NULL;
1385 }
1386 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1387 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1388 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1389 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1390 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1391 be completely different objects. */
1392 value_free (b->val);
1393 b->val = NULL;
1394 b->val_valid = 0;
1395
1396 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1397 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1398 locations (re)created below. */
1399 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1400 {
1401 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1402 {
1403 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1404 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1405 }
1406
1407 s = b->base.cond_string;
1408 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1409 }
1410 }
1411
1412 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1413 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1414 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1415 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1416 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1417 if ( !target_has_execution)
1418 {
1419 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1420 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1421 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1422 }
1423 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1424 {
1425 int pc = 0;
1426 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1427 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1428
1429 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1430
1431 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1432 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1433 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1434 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1435 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1436 watchpoints. */
1437 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1438 {
1439 b->val = v;
1440 b->val_valid = 1;
1441 }
1442
1443 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1444
1445 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1446 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1447 {
1448 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1449 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1450 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1451 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1452 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1453 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1454 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1455 {
1456 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1457
1458 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1459 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1460 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1461 if (v == result
1462 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1463 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1464 {
1465 CORE_ADDR addr;
1466 int len, type;
1467 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1468
1469 addr = value_address (v);
1470 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1471 type = hw_write;
1472 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1473 type = hw_read;
1474 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1475 type = hw_access;
1476
1477 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1478 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1479 ;
1480 *tmp = loc;
1481 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1482
1483 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1484 loc->address = addr;
1485 loc->length = len;
1486 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1487 }
1488 }
1489 }
1490
1491 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1492 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1493 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1494 is started. */
1495 if (reparse)
1496 {
1497 int reg_cnt;
1498 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1499 struct bp_location *bl;
1500
1501 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1502
1503 if (reg_cnt)
1504 {
1505 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1506 enum bptype type;
1507
1508 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1509 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1510 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1511
1512 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1513 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1514 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1515 this watchpoint in as well. */
1516
1517 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1518 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1519 hardware watchpoint type. */
1520 type = b->base.type;
1521 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1522 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1523
1524 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1525 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1526 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1527 through watch_command), so always account for it
1528 manually. */
1529
1530 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1531 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1532
1533 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1534 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1535
1536 target_resources_ok
1537 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1538 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1539 {
1540 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1541
1542 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1543 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1544 "hardware watchpoint."));
1545 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1546 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1547 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1548
1549 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1550 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1551 }
1552 else
1553 {
1554 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1555 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1556 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1557 nop. */
1558 b->base.type = type;
1559 }
1560 }
1561 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1562 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1563 "read/access watchpoint."));
1564 else
1565 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1566
1567 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1568 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1569 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1570 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1571 }
1572
1573 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1574 {
1575 next = value_next (v);
1576 if (v != b->val)
1577 value_free (v);
1578 }
1579
1580 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1581 above left it without any location set up. But,
1582 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1583 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1584 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1585 {
1586 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1587 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1588 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1589 base->loc->address = -1;
1590 base->loc->length = -1;
1591 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1592 }
1593 }
1594 else if (!within_current_scope)
1595 {
1596 printf_filtered (_("\
1597 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1598 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1599 b->base.number);
1600 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1601 }
1602
1603 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1604 if (frame_saved)
1605 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1606 }
1607
1608
1609 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1610 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1611 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1612 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1613 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1614 static int
1615 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1616 {
1617 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1618 return 0;
1619
1620 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1621 return 0;
1622
1623 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1624 return 0;
1625
1626 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1627 return 0;
1628
1629 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1630 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1631 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1632 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1633 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1634 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1635 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1636 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1637 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1638 return 0;
1639
1640 return 1;
1641 }
1642
1643 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1644 that the location is not duplicated. */
1645
1646 static int
1647 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1648 {
1649 int result;
1650 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1651
1652 bl->duplicate = 0;
1653 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1654 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1655 return result;
1656 }
1657
1658 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1659 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1660 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1661 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1662 -1 for failure.
1663
1664 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1665 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1666 static int
1667 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1668 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1669 int *disabled_breaks,
1670 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1671 {
1672 int val = 0;
1673
1674 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1675 return 0;
1676
1677 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1678 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1679 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1680 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1681 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1682
1683 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1684 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1685 {
1686 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1687 {
1688 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1689 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1690 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1691
1692 Two important cases are:
1693 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1694 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1695 hardware breakpoint.
1696 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1697 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1698 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1699 so we undo.
1700
1701 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1702 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1703 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1704 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1705 gdb. */
1706 struct mem_region *mr
1707 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1708
1709 if (mr)
1710 {
1711 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1712 {
1713 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1714
1715 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1716 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1717 else
1718 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1719
1720 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1721 {
1722 static int said = 0;
1723
1724 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1725 if (!said)
1726 {
1727 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1728 _("Note: automatically using "
1729 "hardware breakpoints for "
1730 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1731 said = 1;
1732 }
1733 }
1734 }
1735 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1736 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1737 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1738 "at readonly address %s"),
1739 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1740 }
1741 }
1742
1743 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1744 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1745 || bl->section == NULL
1746 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1747 {
1748 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1749
1750 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1751 }
1752 else
1753 {
1754 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1755 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1756 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1757 {
1758 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1759 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1760 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1761 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1762 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1763 bl->owner->number);
1764 else
1765 {
1766 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1767 bl->section);
1768 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1769 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1770 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1771 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1772 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1773 if (val != 0)
1774 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1775 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1776 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1777 bl->owner->number);
1778 }
1779 }
1780 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1781 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1782 {
1783 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1784 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1785 }
1786 else
1787 {
1788 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1789 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1790 return 0;
1791 }
1792 }
1793
1794 if (val)
1795 {
1796 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1797 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1798 {
1799 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1800 val = 0;
1801 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1802 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1803 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1804 {
1805 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1806 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1807 bl->owner->number);
1808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1809 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1810 "library breakpoints:\n");
1811 }
1812 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1813 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1814 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1815 }
1816 else
1817 {
1818 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1819 {
1820 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1822 "Cannot insert hardware "
1823 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1824 bl->owner->number);
1825 }
1826 else
1827 {
1828 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1829 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1830 bl->owner->number);
1831 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1832 "Error accessing memory address ");
1833 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1834 tmp_error_stream);
1835 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1836 safe_strerror (val));
1837 }
1838
1839 }
1840 }
1841 else
1842 bl->inserted = 1;
1843
1844 return val;
1845 }
1846
1847 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1848 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1849 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1850 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1851 {
1852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1854
1855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1856
1857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1860 {
1861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1862
1863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1865 of this one. */
1866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1867 if (loc != bl
1868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1870 {
1871 bl->duplicate = 1;
1872 bl->inserted = 1;
1873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1875 val = 0;
1876 break;
1877 }
1878
1879 if (val == 1)
1880 {
1881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1883
1884 if (val)
1885 /* Back to the original value. */
1886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1887 }
1888 }
1889
1890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1891 }
1892
1893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1894 {
1895 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1896 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1897
1898 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1899 if (val)
1900 {
1901 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1902
1903 if (val == 1)
1904 warning (_("\
1905 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1906 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1907 else
1908 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1909 }
1910
1911 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1912
1913 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1914 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1915 so just return success. */
1916 return 0;
1917 }
1918
1919 return 0;
1920 }
1921
1922 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1923 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1924 PSPACE anymore. */
1925
1926 void
1927 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1928 {
1929 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1930 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1931
1932 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1934 {
1935 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1936 delete_breakpoint (b);
1937 }
1938
1939 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1940 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1942 {
1943 struct bp_location *tmp;
1944
1945 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1946 {
1947 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1948 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1949 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1950 else
1951 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1952 if (tmp->next == loc)
1953 {
1954 tmp->next = loc->next;
1955 break;
1956 }
1957 }
1958 }
1959
1960 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1961 removed locations above. */
1962 update_global_location_list (0);
1963 }
1964
1965 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1966 Throws exception on any error.
1967 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1968 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1969 void
1970 insert_breakpoints (void)
1971 {
1972 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1973
1974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1975 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1976 {
1977 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1978
1979 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1980 }
1981
1982 update_global_location_list (1);
1983
1984 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1985 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1986 now. */
1987 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1988 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1989 }
1990
1991 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1992
1993 static void
1994 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1995 {
1996 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1997 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1998 int error_flag = 0;
1999 int val = 0;
2000 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2001 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2002
2003 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2004 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2005
2006 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2007 there was an error. */
2008 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2009
2010 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2011
2012 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2013 {
2014 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2015 continue;
2016
2017 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2018 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2019 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2020 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2021 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2022 continue;
2023
2024 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2025
2026 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2027 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2028 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2029 insert breakpoints. */
2030 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2031 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2032 continue;
2033
2034 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2035 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2036 if (val)
2037 error_flag = val;
2038 }
2039
2040 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2041 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2043 {
2044 int some_failed = 0;
2045 struct bp_location *loc;
2046
2047 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2048 continue;
2049
2050 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2051 continue;
2052
2053 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2054 continue;
2055
2056 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2057 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2058 {
2059 some_failed = 1;
2060 break;
2061 }
2062 if (some_failed)
2063 {
2064 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2065 if (loc->inserted)
2066 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2067
2068 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2069 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2070 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2071 bpt->number);
2072 error_flag = -1;
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 if (error_flag)
2077 {
2078 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2079 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2080 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2081 {
2082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2083 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2084 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2085 }
2086 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2087 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2088 }
2089
2090 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2091 }
2092
2093 /* Used when the program stops.
2094 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2095 removing a breakpoint location. */
2096
2097 int
2098 remove_breakpoints (void)
2099 {
2100 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2101 int val = 0;
2102
2103 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2104 {
2105 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2106 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2107 }
2108 return val;
2109 }
2110
2111 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2112
2113 int
2114 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2115 {
2116 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2117 int val;
2118 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2119
2120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2121 {
2122 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2123 continue;
2124
2125 if (bl->inserted)
2126 {
2127 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2128 if (val != 0)
2129 return val;
2130 }
2131 }
2132 return 0;
2133 }
2134
2135 int
2136 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2137 {
2138 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2139 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2140 int val;
2141 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2142 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2143 struct inferior *inf;
2144 struct thread_info *tp;
2145
2146 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2147 if (tp == NULL)
2148 return 1;
2149
2150 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2151 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2152
2153 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2154
2155 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2156 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2157
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2159 {
2160 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2161 continue;
2162
2163 if (bl->inserted)
2164 {
2165 bl->inserted = 0;
2166 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2167 if (val != 0)
2168 {
2169 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2170 return val;
2171 }
2172 }
2173 }
2174 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2175 return 0;
2176 }
2177
2178 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2179
2180 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2181 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2182 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2183 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2184 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2185 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2186 static void
2187 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2188 {
2189 if (internal)
2190 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2191 else
2192 {
2193 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2194 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2195 }
2196 }
2197
2198 static struct breakpoint *
2199 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2200 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2201 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2202 {
2203 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2204 struct breakpoint *b;
2205
2206 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2207
2208 sal.pc = address;
2209 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2210 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2211
2212 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2213 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2214 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2215
2216 return b;
2217 }
2218
2219 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2220 {
2221 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2222 };
2223 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2224
2225 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2226 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2227 {
2228 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2229 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2230
2231 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2233
2234 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2235 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2236
2237 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2238 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2239 };
2240
2241 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2242
2243 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2244 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2245
2246 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2247
2248 static int
2249 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2250 {
2251 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2252 }
2253
2254 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2255 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2256
2257 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2258 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2259 {
2260 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2261
2262 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2263 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2264 {
2265 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2266 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2267
2268 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2269 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2270 }
2271 return bp_objfile_data;
2272 }
2273
2274 static void
2275 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2276 {
2277 struct objfile *objfile;
2278 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2279
2280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2281 {
2282 struct breakpoint *b;
2283 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2284 CORE_ADDR addr;
2285
2286 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2287
2288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2289 continue;
2290
2291 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2292 {
2293 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2294
2295 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2296 if (m == NULL)
2297 {
2298 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2299 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2300 continue;
2301 }
2302 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2303 }
2304
2305 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2307 bp_overlay_event,
2308 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2309 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2310
2311 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2312 {
2313 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2314 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2315 }
2316 else
2317 {
2318 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2319 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2320 }
2321 }
2322 update_global_location_list (1);
2323 }
2324
2325 static void
2326 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2327 {
2328 struct program_space *pspace;
2329 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2330
2331 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2332
2333 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2334 {
2335 struct objfile *objfile;
2336
2337 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2338
2339 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2340 {
2341 int i;
2342 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2344
2345 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2346 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2347 continue;
2348
2349 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2350
2351 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2352 {
2353 struct breakpoint *b;
2354 const char *func_name;
2355 CORE_ADDR addr;
2356
2357 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2358 continue;
2359
2360 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2361 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2362 {
2363 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2364
2365 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2366 if (m == NULL)
2367 {
2368 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2369 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2370 continue;
2371 }
2372 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2373 }
2374
2375 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2376 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2377 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2378 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2379 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2380 }
2381 }
2382 }
2383 update_global_location_list (1);
2384
2385 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2386 }
2387
2388 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2389 static void
2390 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2391 {
2392 struct program_space *pspace;
2393 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2394 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2395
2396 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2397
2398 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2399 {
2400 struct objfile *objfile;
2401 CORE_ADDR addr;
2402
2403 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2404
2405 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2406 {
2407 struct breakpoint *b;
2408 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2409
2410 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2411
2412 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2413 continue;
2414
2415 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2416 {
2417 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2418
2419 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2420 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2421 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2422 {
2423 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2424 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2425 continue;
2426 }
2427 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2428 }
2429
2430 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2431 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2432 bp_std_terminate_master,
2433 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2434 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2435 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2436 }
2437 }
2438
2439 update_global_location_list (1);
2440
2441 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2442 }
2443
2444 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2445
2446 void
2447 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2448 {
2449 struct objfile *objfile;
2450 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2451
2452 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2453 {
2454 struct breakpoint *b;
2455 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2456 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2457 CORE_ADDR addr;
2458
2459 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2460
2461 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2462 continue;
2463
2464 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2465
2466 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2467 {
2468 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2469
2470 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2471 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2472 {
2473 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2474 continue;
2475 }
2476
2477 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2478 }
2479
2480 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2481 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2482 &current_target);
2483 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2484 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2485 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2486 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2487 }
2488
2489 update_global_location_list (1);
2490 }
2491
2492 void
2493 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2494 {
2495 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2496 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2497
2498 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2499 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2500 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2501 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2502 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2503 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2504 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2505 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2507 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2508 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2509
2510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2511 {
2512 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2513 continue;
2514
2515 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2516 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2517 {
2518 delete_breakpoint (b);
2519 continue;
2520 }
2521
2522 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2523 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2524 {
2525 delete_breakpoint (b);
2526 continue;
2527 }
2528
2529 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2530 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2531 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2532 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2533 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2534 {
2535 delete_breakpoint (b);
2536 continue;
2537 }
2538
2539 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2540 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2541 {
2542 delete_breakpoint (b);
2543 continue;
2544 }
2545
2546 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2547 after an exec. */
2548 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2549 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2550 {
2551 delete_breakpoint (b);
2552 continue;
2553 }
2554
2555 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2556 {
2557 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2558 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2559 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2560 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2561 continue;
2562 }
2563
2564 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2565 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2566 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2567 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2568 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2569 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2570
2571 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2572 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2573 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2574 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2575 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2576 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2577 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2578
2579 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2580 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2581 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2582 let finish_command delete it.
2583
2584 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2585 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2586 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2587 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2588 solib breakpoints.) */
2589
2590 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2591 {
2592 continue;
2593 }
2594
2595 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2596 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2597 a.out. */
2598 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2599 {
2600 delete_breakpoint (b);
2601 continue;
2602 }
2603 }
2604 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2605 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2606 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2607 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2608 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2609 }
2610
2611 int
2612 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2613 {
2614 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2615 int val = 0;
2616 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2617 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2618
2619 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2620 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2621
2622 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2623 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2624 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2625 {
2626 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2627 continue;
2628
2629 if (bl->inserted)
2630 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2631 }
2632
2633 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2634 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2635
2636 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2637 return val;
2638 }
2639
2640 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2641 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2642 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2643 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2644 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2645
2646 static int
2647 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2648 {
2649 int val;
2650
2651 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2652 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2653
2654 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2655 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2656 return 0;
2657
2658 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2659 This should not ever happen. */
2660 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2661
2662 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2664 {
2665 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2666 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2667 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2668
2669 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2670 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2671 || bl->section == NULL
2672 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2673 {
2674 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2675 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2676 }
2677 else
2678 {
2679 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2680 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2681 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2682 {
2683 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2684 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2685 */
2686 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2687 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2688 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2689 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2690 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2691 else
2692 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2693 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2694 }
2695 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2696 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2697 if (bl->inserted)
2698 {
2699 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2700 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2701 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2702 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2703
2704 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2705 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2706 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2708 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2709 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2710 else
2711 val = 0;
2712 }
2713 else
2714 {
2715 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2716 val = 0;
2717 }
2718 }
2719
2720 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2721 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2722 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2723 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2724 val = 0;
2725
2726 if (val)
2727 return val;
2728 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2729 }
2730 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2731 {
2732 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2733 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2734
2735 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2736 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2737
2738 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2739 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2740 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2741 bl->owner->number);
2742 }
2743 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2744 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2745 && !bl->duplicate)
2746 {
2747 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2748 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2749
2750 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2751 if (val)
2752 return val;
2753
2754 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2755 }
2756
2757 return 0;
2758 }
2759
2760 static int
2761 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2762 {
2763 int ret;
2764 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2765
2766 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2767 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2768
2769 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2770 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2771 return 0;
2772
2773 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2774 This should not ever happen. */
2775 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2776
2777 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2778
2779 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2780
2781 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2782
2783 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2784 return ret;
2785 }
2786
2787 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2788
2789 void
2790 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2791 {
2792 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2793
2794 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2795 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2796 bl->inserted = 0;
2797 }
2798
2799 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2800 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2801
2802 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2803 between runs.
2804
2805 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2806 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2807 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2808
2809
2810
2811 void
2812 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2813 {
2814 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2815 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2816 int ix;
2817 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2818
2819 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2820 nothing to do. */
2821 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2822 return;
2823
2824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2825 {
2826 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2827 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2828 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2829 bl->inserted = 0;
2830 }
2831
2832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2833 {
2834 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2835 continue;
2836
2837 switch (b->type)
2838 {
2839 case bp_call_dummy:
2840
2841 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2842 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2843 rid of it. */
2844
2845 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2846
2847 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2848
2849 case bp_shlib_event:
2850
2851 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2852 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2853 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2854 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2855 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2856
2857 (gdb) file prog-linux
2858 (gdb) run # native linux target
2859 ...
2860 (gdb) kill
2861 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2862 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2863 */
2864
2865 delete_breakpoint (b);
2866 break;
2867
2868 case bp_watchpoint:
2869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2870 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2871 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2872 {
2873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2874
2875 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2876 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2877 delete_breakpoint (b);
2878 else if (context == inf_starting)
2879 {
2880 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2881 insert_breakpoints. */
2882 if (w->val)
2883 value_free (w->val);
2884 w->val = NULL;
2885 w->val_valid = 0;
2886 }
2887 }
2888 break;
2889 default:
2890 break;
2891 }
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2895 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2896 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2897 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2898 }
2899
2900 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2901 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2902 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2903 match, not program space. */
2904
2905 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2906 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2907 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2908 permanent breakpoint.
2909 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2910 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2911 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2912 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2913 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2914
2915 enum breakpoint_here
2916 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2917 {
2918 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2919 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2920
2921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2922 {
2923 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2924 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2925 continue;
2926
2927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2928 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2929 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2930 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2931 {
2932 if (overlay_debugging
2933 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2934 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2935 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2936 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2937 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2938 else
2939 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2940 }
2941 }
2942
2943 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2944 }
2945
2946 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2947
2948 int
2949 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2950 {
2951 struct bp_location *loc;
2952 int ix;
2953
2954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2955 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2956 return 1;
2957
2958 return 0;
2959 }
2960
2961 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2962 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2963 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2964 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2965
2966 int
2967 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2968 CORE_ADDR pc)
2969 {
2970 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2971
2972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2973 {
2974 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2975 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2976 continue;
2977
2978 if (bl->inserted
2979 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2980 {
2981 if (overlay_debugging
2982 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2983 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2984 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2985 else
2986 return 1;
2987 }
2988 }
2989 return 0;
2990 }
2991
2992 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2993 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2994
2995 int
2996 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2997 {
2998 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2999 return 1;
3000
3001 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3002 return 1;
3003
3004 return 0;
3005 }
3006
3007 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3008 inserted at PC. */
3009
3010 int
3011 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3012 CORE_ADDR pc)
3013 {
3014 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3015
3016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3017 {
3018 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3019 continue;
3020
3021 if (bl->inserted
3022 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3023 aspace, pc))
3024 {
3025 if (overlay_debugging
3026 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3027 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3028 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3029 else
3030 return 1;
3031 }
3032 }
3033
3034 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3035 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3036 return 1;
3037
3038 return 0;
3039 }
3040
3041 int
3042 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3043 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3044 {
3045 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3046
3047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3048 {
3049 struct bp_location *loc;
3050
3051 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3052 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3053 continue;
3054
3055 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3056 continue;
3057
3058 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3059 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3060 {
3061 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3062
3063 /* Check for intersection. */
3064 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3065 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3066 if (l < h)
3067 return 1;
3068 }
3069 }
3070 return 0;
3071 }
3072
3073 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3074 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3075
3076 int
3077 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3078 ptid_t ptid)
3079 {
3080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3081 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3082 int thread = -1;
3083 int task = 0;
3084
3085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3086 {
3087 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3088 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3089 continue;
3090
3091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3092 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3093 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3094 continue;
3095
3096 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3097 continue;
3098
3099 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3100 {
3101 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3102 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3103 it is now time to do so. */
3104 if (thread == -1)
3105 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3106 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3107 continue;
3108 }
3109
3110 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3111 {
3112 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3113 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3114 it is now time to do so. */
3115 if (task == 0)
3116 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3117 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3118 continue;
3119 }
3120
3121 if (overlay_debugging
3122 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3123 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3124 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3125
3126 return 1;
3127 }
3128
3129 return 0;
3130 }
3131 \f
3132
3133 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3134 in breakpoint.h. */
3135
3136 int
3137 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3138 {
3139 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3140 }
3141
3142 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3143 'next' chain. */
3144
3145 static void
3146 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3147 {
3148 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3149 value_free (bs->old_val);
3150 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3151 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3152 xfree (bs);
3153 }
3154
3155 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3156 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3157
3158 void
3159 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3160 {
3161 bpstat p;
3162 bpstat q;
3163
3164 if (bsp == 0)
3165 return;
3166 p = *bsp;
3167 while (p != NULL)
3168 {
3169 q = p->next;
3170 bpstat_free (p);
3171 p = q;
3172 }
3173 *bsp = NULL;
3174 }
3175
3176 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3177 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3178
3179 bpstat
3180 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3181 {
3182 bpstat p = NULL;
3183 bpstat tmp;
3184 bpstat retval = NULL;
3185
3186 if (bs == NULL)
3187 return bs;
3188
3189 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3190 {
3191 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3192 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3193 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3194 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3195 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3196 {
3197 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3198 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3199 }
3200
3201 if (p == NULL)
3202 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3203 retval = tmp;
3204 else
3205 p->next = tmp;
3206 p = tmp;
3207 }
3208 p->next = NULL;
3209 return retval;
3210 }
3211
3212 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3213
3214 bpstat
3215 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3216 {
3217 if (bsp == NULL)
3218 return NULL;
3219
3220 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3221 {
3222 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3223 return bsp;
3224 }
3225 return NULL;
3226 }
3227
3228 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3229 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3230 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3231 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3232
3233 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3234 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3235 we set it.
3236 Return 1 otherwise. */
3237
3238 int
3239 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3240 {
3241 struct breakpoint *b;
3242
3243 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3244 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3245
3246 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3247 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3248 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3249 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3250 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3251 if (b == NULL)
3252 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3253
3254 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3255 return 1;
3256 }
3257
3258 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3259
3260 void
3261 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3262 {
3263 struct thread_info *tp;
3264 bpstat bs;
3265
3266 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3267 return;
3268
3269 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3270 if (tp == NULL)
3271 return;
3272
3273 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3274 {
3275 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3276
3277 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3278 {
3279 value_free (bs->old_val);
3280 bs->old_val = NULL;
3281 }
3282 }
3283 }
3284
3285 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3286
3287 static void
3288 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3289 {
3290 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3291 {
3292 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3293
3294 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3295 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3296 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3297 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3298 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3299 return;
3300 }
3301
3302 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3303 }
3304
3305 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3306 command. */
3307 static void
3308 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3309 {
3310 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3311 }
3312
3313 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3314 or its equivalent. */
3315
3316 static int
3317 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3318 {
3319 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3320 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3321 }
3322
3323 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3324 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3325 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3326 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3327
3328 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3329 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3330 bpstat of the current thread. */
3331
3332 static int
3333 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3334 {
3335 bpstat bs;
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3337 int again = 0;
3338
3339 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3340 in bs->commands. */
3341 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3342 return 0;
3343
3344 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3345 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3346
3347 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3348
3349 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3350 bs = *bsp;
3351
3352 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3353 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3354 {
3355 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3356 struct command_line *cmd;
3357 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3358
3359 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3360
3361 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3362 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3363 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3364 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3365 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3366 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3367 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3368 the tree when we're done. */
3369 ccmd = bs->commands;
3370 bs->commands = NULL;
3371 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3372 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3373 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3374 {
3375 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3376 cmd = cmd->next;
3377 }
3378
3379 while (cmd != NULL)
3380 {
3381 execute_control_command (cmd);
3382
3383 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3384 break;
3385 else
3386 cmd = cmd->next;
3387 }
3388
3389 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3390 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3391
3392 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3393 {
3394 if (target_can_async_p ())
3395 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3396 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3397 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3398 ;
3399 else
3400 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3401 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3402 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3403 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3404 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3405 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3406 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3407 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3408 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3409 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3410 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3411 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3412 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3413 again = 1;
3414 break;
3415 }
3416 }
3417 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3418 return again;
3419 }
3420
3421 void
3422 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3423 {
3424 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3425
3426 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3427 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3428 && target_has_execution
3429 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3430 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3431 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3432 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3433 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3434 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3435 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3436 break;
3437
3438 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3439 }
3440
3441 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3442
3443 static void
3444 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3445 {
3446 if (val == NULL)
3447 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3448 else
3449 {
3450 struct value_print_options opts;
3451 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3452 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3453 }
3454 }
3455
3456 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3457 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3458 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3459 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3460 normal_stop(). */
3461
3462 static enum print_stop_action
3463 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3464 {
3465 switch (bs->print_it)
3466 {
3467 case print_it_noop:
3468 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3469 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3470 break;
3471
3472 case print_it_done:
3473 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3474 relevant messages. */
3475 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3476 break;
3477
3478 case print_it_normal:
3479 {
3480 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3481
3482 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3483 which has since been deleted. */
3484 if (b == NULL)
3485 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3486
3487 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3488 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3489 }
3490 break;
3491
3492 default:
3493 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3494 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3495 break;
3496 }
3497 }
3498
3499 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
3500
3501 static void
3502 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
3503 {
3504 int any_deleted
3505 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
3506 int any_added
3507 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
3508
3509 if (!is_catchpoint)
3510 {
3511 if (any_added || any_deleted)
3512 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3513 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
3514 else
3515 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3516 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
3517 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
3518 }
3519
3520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3521 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3522 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3523
3524 if (any_deleted)
3525 {
3526 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3527 char *name;
3528 int ix;
3529
3530 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
3531 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3532 "removed");
3533 for (ix = 0;
3534 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
3535 ix, name);
3536 ++ix)
3537 {
3538 if (ix > 0)
3539 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3540 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
3541 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3542 }
3543
3544 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3545 }
3546
3547 if (any_added)
3548 {
3549 struct so_list *iter;
3550 int ix;
3551 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3552
3553 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
3554 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3555 "added");
3556 for (ix = 0;
3557 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
3558 ix, iter);
3559 ++ix)
3560 {
3561 if (ix > 0)
3562 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3563 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
3564 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3565 }
3566
3567 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3568 }
3569 }
3570
3571 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3572 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3573 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3574 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3578 routine is one of:
3579
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3584 the location.
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3591
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3594 {
3595 int val;
3596
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3602 {
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3607 return val;
3608 }
3609
3610 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3611 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3612 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3613 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3614 {
3615 print_solib_event (0);
3616 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3617 }
3618
3619 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3620 with and nothing was printed. */
3621 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3622 }
3623
3624 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3625 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3626 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3627 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3628
3629 static int
3630 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3631 {
3632 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3633 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3634
3635 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3636 return i;
3637 }
3638
3639 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3640
3641 static bpstat
3642 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3643 {
3644 bpstat bs;
3645
3646 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3647 bs->next = NULL;
3648 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3649 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3650 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3651 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3652 incref_bp_location (bl);
3653 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3654 bs->commands = NULL;
3655 bs->old_val = NULL;
3656 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3657 return bs;
3658 }
3659 \f
3660 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3661 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3662
3663 int
3664 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3665 {
3666 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3667 CORE_ADDR addr;
3668 struct breakpoint *b;
3669
3670 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3671 {
3672 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3673 as not triggered. */
3674 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3675 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3676 {
3677 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3678
3679 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3680 }
3681
3682 return 0;
3683 }
3684
3685 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3686 {
3687 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3688 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3690 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3691 {
3692 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3693
3694 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3695 }
3696
3697 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3698 }
3699
3700 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3701 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3702 triggered. */
3703
3704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3705 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3706 {
3707 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3708 struct bp_location *loc;
3709
3710 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3711 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3712 {
3713 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3714 {
3715 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3716 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3717
3718 if (newaddr == start)
3719 {
3720 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3721 break;
3722 }
3723 }
3724 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3725 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3726 addr, loc->address,
3727 loc->length))
3728 {
3729 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3730 break;
3731 }
3732 }
3733 }
3734
3735 return 1;
3736 }
3737
3738 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3739 because of check_errors). */
3740 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3741 #define WP_DELETED 1
3742 /* The value has changed. */
3743 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3744 /* The value has not changed. */
3745 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3746 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3747 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3748
3749 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3750 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3751
3752 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3753 changed.
3754
3755 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3756 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3757
3758 static int
3759 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3760 {
3761 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3762 struct watchpoint *b;
3763 struct frame_info *fr;
3764 int within_current_scope;
3765
3766 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3767 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3768 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3769
3770 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3771 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3772 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3773 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3774 return WP_IGNORE;
3775
3776 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3777 within_current_scope = 1;
3778 else
3779 {
3780 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3781 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3782 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3783
3784 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3785 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3786 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3787 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3788 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3789 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3790 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3791 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3792 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3793 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3794 return WP_IGNORE;
3795
3796 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3797 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3798
3799 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3800 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3801 if (within_current_scope)
3802 {
3803 struct symbol *function;
3804
3805 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3806 if (function == NULL
3807 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3808 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3809 within_current_scope = 0;
3810 }
3811
3812 if (within_current_scope)
3813 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3814 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3815 the user. */
3816 select_frame (fr);
3817 }
3818
3819 if (within_current_scope)
3820 {
3821 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3822 time before we return to the command level and call
3823 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3824 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3825
3826 int pc = 0;
3827 struct value *mark;
3828 struct value *new_val;
3829
3830 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3831 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3832 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3833 a mask watchpoint. */
3834 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3835
3836 mark = value_mark ();
3837 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3838
3839 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3840 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3841 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3842 not what we want. */
3843 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3844 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3845 {
3846 if (new_val != NULL)
3847 {
3848 release_value (new_val);
3849 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3850 }
3851 bs->old_val = b->val;
3852 b->val = new_val;
3853 b->val_valid = 1;
3854 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3855 }
3856 else
3857 {
3858 /* Nothing changed. */
3859 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3860 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3861 }
3862 }
3863 else
3864 {
3865 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3866
3867 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3868 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3869 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3870 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3871 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3872 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3873 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3874 the first value assigned). */
3875 /* We print all the stop information in
3876 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3877 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3878 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3879 here. */
3880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3881 ui_out_field_string
3882 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3883 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3884 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3885 ui_out_text (uiout,
3886 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3887 which its expression is valid.\n");
3888
3889 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3890 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3891 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3892
3893 return WP_DELETED;
3894 }
3895 }
3896
3897 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3898 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3899 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3900
3901 static int
3902 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3903 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
3904 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3905 {
3906 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3907
3908 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3909 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3910
3911 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
3912 }
3913
3914 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3915 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3916
3917 static void
3918 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3919 {
3920 const struct bp_location *bl;
3921 struct watchpoint *b;
3922
3923 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3924 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3925 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3926 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3927 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3928
3929 {
3930 int must_check_value = 0;
3931
3932 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3933 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3934 watched value. */
3935 must_check_value = 1;
3936 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3937 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3938 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3939 this watchpoint. */
3940 must_check_value = 1;
3941 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3942 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3943 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3944 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3945 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3946 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3947 must_check_value = 1;
3948
3949 if (must_check_value)
3950 {
3951 char *message
3952 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3953 b->base.number);
3954 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3955 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3956 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3957 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3958 switch (e)
3959 {
3960 case WP_DELETED:
3961 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3962 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3963 /* Stop. */
3964 break;
3965 case WP_IGNORE:
3966 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3967 bs->stop = 0;
3968 break;
3969 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3970 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3971 {
3972 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3973
3974 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3975 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3976 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3977 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3978 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3979 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3980 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3981 old value.
3982
3983 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3984 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3985 happen:
3986
3987 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3988 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3989 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3990 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3991
3992 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3993 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3994 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3995 watchpoint.
3996
3997 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3998 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3999 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4000 changes. This still gives false positives when
4001 the program writes the same value to memory as
4002 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4003 it for a read), but it's much better than
4004 nothing. */
4005
4006 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4007
4008 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4009 {
4010 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4011
4012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4013 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4014 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4015 {
4016 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4017 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4018
4019 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4020 == watch_triggered_yes)
4021 {
4022 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4023 break;
4024 }
4025 }
4026 }
4027
4028 if (other_write_watchpoint
4029 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4030 {
4031 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4032 and the value changed since the last time we
4033 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4034 Ignore it. */
4035 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4036 bs->stop = 0;
4037 }
4038 }
4039 break;
4040 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4041 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4042 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4043 {
4044 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4045 the value hasn't changed. */
4046 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4047 bs->stop = 0;
4048 }
4049 /* Stop. */
4050 break;
4051 default:
4052 /* Can't happen. */
4053 case 0:
4054 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4055 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4056 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4057 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4058 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4059 break;
4060 }
4061 }
4062 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4063 {
4064 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4065 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4066 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4067 anything for this watchpoint. */
4068 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4069 bs->stop = 0;
4070 }
4071 }
4072 }
4073
4074
4075 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4076 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4077 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4078
4079 static void
4080 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4081 {
4082 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4083 const struct bp_location *bl;
4084 struct breakpoint *b;
4085
4086 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4087 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4088 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4089 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4090 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4091
4092 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4093 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4094 bs->stop = 0;
4095 else if (bs->stop)
4096 {
4097 int value_is_zero = 0;
4098 struct expression *cond;
4099
4100 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4101 method implemented. */
4102 if (b->py_bp_object)
4103 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4104
4105 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4106 {
4107 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4108
4109 cond = w->cond_exp;
4110 }
4111 else
4112 cond = bl->cond;
4113
4114 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4115 {
4116 int within_current_scope = 1;
4117 struct watchpoint * w;
4118
4119 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4120 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4121 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4122 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4123 function call. */
4124 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4125
4126 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4127 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4128 else
4129 w = NULL;
4130
4131 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4132 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4133 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4134 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4135 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4136 call site. */
4137 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4138 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4139 else
4140 {
4141 struct frame_info *frame;
4142
4143 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4144 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4145 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4146 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4147 really matter which instantiation of the function
4148 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4149 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4150 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4151 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4152 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4153 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4154 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4155 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4156 intuitive. */
4157 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4158 if (frame != NULL)
4159 select_frame (frame);
4160 else
4161 within_current_scope = 0;
4162 }
4163 if (within_current_scope)
4164 value_is_zero
4165 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4166 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4167 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4168 else
4169 {
4170 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4171 "in the current scope"));
4172 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4173 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4174 value_is_zero = 0;
4175 }
4176 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4177 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4178 }
4179
4180 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4181 {
4182 bs->stop = 0;
4183 }
4184 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4185 {
4186 bs->stop = 0;
4187 }
4188 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4189 {
4190 b->ignore_count--;
4191 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4192 bs->stop = 0;
4193 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4194 ++(b->hit_count);
4195 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4196 }
4197 }
4198 }
4199
4200
4201 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4202 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4203
4204 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4205 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4206 that:
4207
4208 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4209
4210 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4211
4212 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4213 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4214 several reasons concurrently.)
4215
4216 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4217 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4218
4219 bpstat
4220 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4221 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4222 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4223 {
4224 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4225 struct bp_location *bl;
4226 struct bp_location *loc;
4227 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4228 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4229 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4230 bpstat bs;
4231 int ix;
4232 int need_remove_insert;
4233 int removed_any;
4234
4235 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4236 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4237 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4238 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4239 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4240 inferior function calls. */
4241
4242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4243 {
4244 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4245 continue;
4246
4247 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4248 {
4249 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4250 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4251 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4252 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4253 checked all locations already. */
4254 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4255 break;
4256
4257 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4258 continue;
4259
4260 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4261 continue;
4262
4263 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4264 matches. */
4265
4266 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4267 explain stop. */
4268
4269 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4270 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4271 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4272 bs->stop = 1;
4273 bs->print = 1;
4274
4275 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4276 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4277 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4278 iteration. */
4279 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4280 {
4281 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4282
4283 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4284 }
4285 }
4286 }
4287
4288 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4289 {
4290 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4291 {
4292 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4293 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4294 bs->stop = 0;
4295 bs->print = 0;
4296 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4297 }
4298 }
4299
4300 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4301 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4302 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4303 "catch unload". */
4304 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4305 {
4306 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4307 {
4308 handle_solib_event ();
4309 break;
4310 }
4311 }
4312
4313 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4314 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4315 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4316
4317 removed_any = 0;
4318
4319 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4320 {
4321 if (!bs->stop)
4322 continue;
4323
4324 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4325 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4326 if (bs->stop)
4327 {
4328 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4329
4330 if (bs->stop)
4331 {
4332 ++(b->hit_count);
4333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4334
4335 /* We will stop here. */
4336 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4337 {
4338 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4339 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4340 removed_any = 1;
4341 }
4342 if (b->silent)
4343 bs->print = 0;
4344 bs->commands = b->commands;
4345 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4346 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4347 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4348 bs->print = 0;
4349 }
4350
4351 }
4352
4353 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4354 print. */
4355 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4356 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4357 }
4358
4359 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4360 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4361 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4362 done later. */
4363 need_remove_insert = 0;
4364 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4365 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4366 if (!bs->stop
4367 && bs->breakpoint_at
4368 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4369 {
4370 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4371
4372 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4373 need_remove_insert = 1;
4374 }
4375
4376 if (need_remove_insert)
4377 update_global_location_list (1);
4378 else if (removed_any)
4379 update_global_location_list (0);
4380
4381 return bs_head;
4382 }
4383
4384 static void
4385 handle_jit_event (void)
4386 {
4387 struct frame_info *frame;
4388 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4389
4390 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4391 breakpoint_re_set. */
4392 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4393
4394 frame = get_current_frame ();
4395 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4396
4397 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4398
4399 target_terminal_inferior ();
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
4403
4404 void
4405 handle_solib_event (void)
4406 {
4407 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
4408
4409 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
4410 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
4411 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
4412 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4413 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4414 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4415 #else
4416 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4417 #endif
4418 target_terminal_inferior ();
4419 }
4420
4421 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4422
4423 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4424
4425 struct bpstat_what
4426 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4427 {
4428 struct bpstat_what retval;
4429 int jit_event = 0;
4430 bpstat bs;
4431
4432 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4433 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4434 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4435
4436 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4437 {
4438 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4439 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4440 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4441 enum bptype bptype;
4442
4443 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4444 {
4445 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4446 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4447 bptype = bp_none;
4448 }
4449 else
4450 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4451
4452 switch (bptype)
4453 {
4454 case bp_none:
4455 break;
4456 case bp_breakpoint:
4457 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4458 case bp_until:
4459 case bp_finish:
4460 case bp_shlib_event:
4461 if (bs->stop)
4462 {
4463 if (bs->print)
4464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4465 else
4466 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4467 }
4468 else
4469 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4470 break;
4471 case bp_watchpoint:
4472 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4473 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4474 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4475 if (bs->stop)
4476 {
4477 if (bs->print)
4478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4479 else
4480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4481 }
4482 else
4483 {
4484 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4485 This requires no further action. */
4486 }
4487 break;
4488 case bp_longjmp:
4489 case bp_exception:
4490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4491 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4492 break;
4493 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4494 case bp_exception_resume:
4495 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4496 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4497 break;
4498 case bp_step_resume:
4499 if (bs->stop)
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4501 else
4502 {
4503 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4505 }
4506 break;
4507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4508 if (bs->stop)
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4510 else
4511 {
4512 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4513 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4514 }
4515 break;
4516 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4517 case bp_thread_event:
4518 case bp_overlay_event:
4519 case bp_longjmp_master:
4520 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4521 case bp_exception_master:
4522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4523 break;
4524 case bp_catchpoint:
4525 if (bs->stop)
4526 {
4527 if (bs->print)
4528 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4529 else
4530 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4531 }
4532 else
4533 {
4534 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4535 This requires no further action. */
4536 }
4537 break;
4538 case bp_jit_event:
4539 jit_event = 1;
4540 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4541 break;
4542 case bp_call_dummy:
4543 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4544 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4545 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4546 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4547 break;
4548 case bp_std_terminate:
4549 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4550 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4551 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4552 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4553 break;
4554 case bp_tracepoint:
4555 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4556 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4557 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4558 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4559 out already. */
4560 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4561 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4562 break;
4563 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4564 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4565 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4566 break;
4567 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4568 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4569 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4570 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4571 break;
4572 default:
4573 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4574 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4575 }
4576
4577 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4578 }
4579
4580 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4581 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4582
4583 if (jit_event)
4584 {
4585 if (debug_infrun)
4586 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4587
4588 handle_jit_event ();
4589 }
4590
4591 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4592 {
4593 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4594
4595 if (b == NULL)
4596 continue;
4597 switch (b->type)
4598 {
4599 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4600 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4601 break;
4602 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4603 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4604 break;
4605 }
4606 }
4607
4608 return retval;
4609 }
4610
4611 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4612 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4613 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4614
4615 int
4616 bpstat_should_step (void)
4617 {
4618 struct breakpoint *b;
4619
4620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4621 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4622 return 1;
4623 return 0;
4624 }
4625
4626 int
4627 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4628 {
4629 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4630 if (bs->stop)
4631 return 1;
4632
4633 return 0;
4634 }
4635
4636 \f
4637
4638 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4639 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4640 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4641
4642 static char *
4643 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4644 {
4645 static char wrap_indent[80];
4646 int i, total_width, width, align;
4647 char *text;
4648
4649 total_width = 0;
4650 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4651 {
4652 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4653 {
4654 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4655 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4656 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4657
4658 return wrap_indent;
4659 }
4660
4661 total_width += width + 1;
4662 }
4663
4664 return NULL;
4665 }
4666
4667 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4668
4669 static void
4670 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4671 struct bp_location *loc)
4672 {
4673 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4674 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4675
4676 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4677 loc = NULL;
4678
4679 if (loc != NULL)
4680 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4681
4682 if (b->display_canonical)
4683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4684 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4685 {
4686 struct symbol *sym
4687 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4688 if (sym)
4689 {
4690 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4692 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4693 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4694 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4695 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4696 }
4697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4698 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4699
4700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4701 {
4702 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4703 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4704
4705 if (fullname)
4706 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4707 }
4708
4709 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4710 }
4711 else if (loc)
4712 {
4713 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4714 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4715
4716 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4717 demangle, "");
4718 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4719
4720 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4721 }
4722 else
4723 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4724
4725 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4726 }
4727
4728 static const char *
4729 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4730 {
4731 struct ep_type_description
4732 {
4733 enum bptype type;
4734 char *description;
4735 };
4736 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4737 {
4738 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4739 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4740 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4741 {bp_until, "until"},
4742 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4743 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4744 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4745 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4746 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4747 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4748 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4749 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4750 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4751 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4752 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4753 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4754 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4755 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4756 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4757 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4758 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4759 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4760 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4761 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4762 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4763 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4764 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4765 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4766 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4767 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4768 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4769 };
4770
4771 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4772 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4773 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4774 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4775 (int) type);
4776
4777 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4778 }
4779
4780 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4781
4782 static void
4783 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4784 struct bp_location *loc,
4785 int loc_number,
4786 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4787 int allflag)
4788 {
4789 struct command_line *l;
4790 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4791
4792 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4793 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4794 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4795 struct value_print_options opts;
4796
4797 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4798
4799 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4800 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4801 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4802 if (loc == NULL
4803 && (b->loc != NULL
4804 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4805 header_of_multiple = 1;
4806 if (loc == NULL)
4807 loc = b->loc;
4808
4809 annotate_record ();
4810
4811 /* 1 */
4812 annotate_field (0);
4813 if (part_of_multiple)
4814 {
4815 char *formatted;
4816 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4817 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4818 xfree (formatted);
4819 }
4820 else
4821 {
4822 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4823 }
4824
4825 /* 2 */
4826 annotate_field (1);
4827 if (part_of_multiple)
4828 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4829 else
4830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4831
4832 /* 3 */
4833 annotate_field (2);
4834 if (part_of_multiple)
4835 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4836 else
4837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4838
4839
4840 /* 4 */
4841 annotate_field (3);
4842 if (part_of_multiple)
4843 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4844 else
4845 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4846 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4847 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4848
4849
4850 /* 5 and 6 */
4851 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4852 {
4853 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4854 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4855 make sure there's just one location. */
4856 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4857 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4858 }
4859 else
4860 switch (b->type)
4861 {
4862 case bp_none:
4863 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4864 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4865 break;
4866
4867 case bp_watchpoint:
4868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4869 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4870 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4871 {
4872 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4873
4874 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4875 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4876 is relatively readable). */
4877 if (opts.addressprint)
4878 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4879 annotate_field (5);
4880 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4881 }
4882 break;
4883
4884 case bp_breakpoint:
4885 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4886 case bp_until:
4887 case bp_finish:
4888 case bp_longjmp:
4889 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4890 case bp_exception:
4891 case bp_exception_resume:
4892 case bp_step_resume:
4893 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4894 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4895 case bp_call_dummy:
4896 case bp_std_terminate:
4897 case bp_shlib_event:
4898 case bp_thread_event:
4899 case bp_overlay_event:
4900 case bp_longjmp_master:
4901 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4902 case bp_exception_master:
4903 case bp_tracepoint:
4904 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4905 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4906 case bp_jit_event:
4907 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4908 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4909 if (opts.addressprint)
4910 {
4911 annotate_field (4);
4912 if (header_of_multiple)
4913 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4914 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4915 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4916 else
4917 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4918 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4919 }
4920 annotate_field (5);
4921 if (!header_of_multiple)
4922 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4923 if (b->loc)
4924 *last_loc = b->loc;
4925 break;
4926 }
4927
4928
4929 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4930 are several. */
4931 if (loc != NULL
4932 && !header_of_multiple
4933 && (allflag
4934 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4935 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4936 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4937 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4938 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4939 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4940 {
4941 struct inferior *inf;
4942 int first = 1;
4943
4944 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4945 {
4946 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4947 {
4948 if (first)
4949 {
4950 first = 0;
4951 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4952 }
4953 else
4954 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4955 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4956 }
4957 }
4958 }
4959
4960 if (!part_of_multiple)
4961 {
4962 if (b->thread != -1)
4963 {
4964 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4965 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4966 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4967 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4968 }
4969 else if (b->task != 0)
4970 {
4971 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4972 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4973 }
4974 }
4975
4976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4977
4978 if (!part_of_multiple)
4979 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4980
4981 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4982 {
4983 annotate_field (6);
4984 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4985 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4986 the frame ID. */
4987 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4988 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4990 }
4991
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4993 {
4994 annotate_field (7);
4995 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4997 else
4998 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4999 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5000 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5001 }
5002
5003 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5004 {
5005 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5006 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5007 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5009 }
5010
5011 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5012 {
5013 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5014 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5016 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5017 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5018 else
5019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5020 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5021 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5022 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5024 else
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5026 }
5027
5028 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5029 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5031 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5032 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5033
5034 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5035 {
5036 annotate_field (8);
5037 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5038 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5039 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5040 }
5041
5042 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5043 {
5044 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5045
5046 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5047 {
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5051 }
5052 }
5053
5054 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5055 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5056 {
5057 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5058
5059 annotate_field (9);
5060 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5061 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5062 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5063 }
5064
5065 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5066 {
5067 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5068
5069 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5070 {
5071 annotate_field (10);
5072 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5073 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5074 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5075 }
5076 }
5077
5078 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5079 {
5080 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5081 {
5082 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5083
5084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5085 }
5086 else if (b->addr_string)
5087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5088 }
5089 }
5090
5091 static void
5092 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5093 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5094 int allflag)
5095 {
5096 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5097 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5098
5099 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5100
5101 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5102 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5103
5104 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5105 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5106 locations, if any. */
5107 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5108 {
5109 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5110 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5111 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5112 situation.
5113
5114 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5115 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5116 if (b->loc
5117 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5118 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5119 {
5120 struct bp_location *loc;
5121 int n = 1;
5122
5123 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5124 {
5125 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5126 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5127 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5128 do_cleanups (inner2);
5129 }
5130 }
5131 }
5132 }
5133
5134 static int
5135 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5136 {
5137 int print_address_bits = 0;
5138 struct bp_location *loc;
5139
5140 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5141 {
5142 int addr_bit;
5143
5144 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5145 an address to print. */
5146 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5147 continue;
5148
5149 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5150 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5151 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5152 }
5153
5154 return print_address_bits;
5155 }
5156
5157 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5158 {
5159 int bnum;
5160 };
5161
5162 static int
5163 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5164 {
5165 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5166 struct breakpoint *b;
5167 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5168
5169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5170 {
5171 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5172 {
5173 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5174 return GDB_RC_OK;
5175 }
5176 }
5177 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5178 }
5179
5180 enum gdb_rc
5181 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5182 char **error_message)
5183 {
5184 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5185
5186 args.bnum = bnum;
5187 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5188 an error. */
5189 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5190 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5191 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5192 else
5193 return GDB_RC_OK;
5194 }
5195
5196 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5197 internal or momentary. */
5198
5199 int
5200 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5201 {
5202 return b->number > 0;
5203 }
5204
5205 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5206 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5207 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5208 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5209 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5210 breakpoints listed. */
5211
5212 static int
5213 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5214 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5215 {
5216 struct breakpoint *b;
5217 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5218 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5219 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5220 struct value_print_options opts;
5221 int print_address_bits = 0;
5222 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5223 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5224
5225 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5226
5227 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5228 required for address fields. */
5229 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5231 {
5232 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5233 if (filter && !filter (b))
5234 continue;
5235
5236 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5237 accept. Skip the others. */
5238 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5239 {
5240 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5241 continue;
5242 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5243 continue;
5244 }
5245
5246 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5247 {
5248 int addr_bit, type_len;
5249
5250 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5251 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5252 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5253
5254 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5255 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5256 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5257
5258 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5259 }
5260 }
5261
5262 if (opts.addressprint)
5263 bkpttbl_chain
5264 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5265 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5266 "BreakpointTable");
5267 else
5268 bkpttbl_chain
5269 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5270 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5271 "BreakpointTable");
5272
5273 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5274 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_field (0);
5277 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5278 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5279 annotate_field (1);
5280 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5281 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5282 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5283 annotate_field (2);
5284 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5285 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5286 annotate_field (3);
5287 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5288 if (opts.addressprint)
5289 {
5290 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5291 annotate_field (4);
5292 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5293 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5294 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5295 else
5296 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5297 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5298 }
5299 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5300 annotate_field (5);
5301 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5302 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5303 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5304 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5305
5306 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5307 {
5308 QUIT;
5309 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5310 if (filter && !filter (b))
5311 continue;
5312
5313 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5314 accept. Skip the others. */
5315
5316 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5317 {
5318 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5319 {
5320 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5321 continue;
5322 }
5323 else /* all others */
5324 {
5325 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5326 continue;
5327 }
5328 }
5329 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5330 allflag is set. */
5331 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5332 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5333 }
5334
5335 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5336
5337 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5338 {
5339 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5340 empty list. */
5341 if (!filter)
5342 {
5343 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5344 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5345 else
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5347 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5348 args);
5349 }
5350 }
5351 else
5352 {
5353 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5354 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5355 }
5356
5357 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5358 there have been breakpoints? */
5359 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5360
5361 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5362 }
5363
5364 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5365 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5366
5367 static void
5368 default_collect_info (void)
5369 {
5370 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5371
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 not wanted. */
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5376 return;
5377
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 actions. */
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5383 }
5384
5385 static void
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5387 {
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5389
5390 default_collect_info ();
5391 }
5392
5393 static void
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5395 {
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5398
5399 if (num_printed == 0)
5400 {
5401 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5402 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5403 else
5404 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5405 }
5406 }
5407
5408 static void
5409 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5410 {
5411 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5412
5413 default_collect_info ();
5414 }
5415
5416 static int
5417 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5418 struct program_space *pspace,
5419 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5420 {
5421 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5422
5423 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5424 {
5425 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5426 && bl->address == pc
5427 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5428 return 1;
5429 }
5430 return 0;
5431 }
5432
5433 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5434 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5435 address spaces. */
5436
5437 static void
5438 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5439 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5440 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5441 {
5442 int others = 0;
5443 struct breakpoint *b;
5444
5445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5446 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5447 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5448 if (others > 0)
5449 {
5450 if (others == 1)
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5452 else /* if (others == ???) */
5453 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5455 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5456 {
5457 others--;
5458 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5459 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5461 else if (b->thread != -1)
5462 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5463 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5464 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5465 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5466 ? " (disabled)"
5467 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5468 ? " (permanent)"
5469 : ""),
5470 (others > 1) ? ","
5471 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5472 }
5473 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5474 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5475 printf_filtered (".\n");
5476 }
5477 }
5478 \f
5479
5480 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5481 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5482 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5483 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5484
5485 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5486 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5487 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5488 breakpoint at address zero:
5489
5490 bp_watchpoint
5491 bp_catchpoint
5492
5493 */
5494
5495 static int
5496 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5497 {
5498 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5499
5500 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5501 }
5502
5503 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5504 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5505
5506 static int
5507 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5508 struct bp_location *loc2)
5509 {
5510 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5511 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5512
5513 /* Both of them must exist. */
5514 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5515 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5516
5517 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5518 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5519 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5520 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5521 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5522 other watchpoint. */
5523 if ((w1->cond_exp
5524 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5525 loc1->length,
5526 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5527 w1->cond_exp))
5528 || (w2->cond_exp
5529 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5530 loc2->length,
5531 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5532 w2->cond_exp)))
5533 return 0;
5534
5535 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5536 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5537 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5538 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5539 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5540 become hw_access locations later. */
5541 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5542 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5543 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5544 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5545 }
5546
5547 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5548 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5549 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5550 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5551
5552 static int
5553 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5554 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5555 {
5556 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5557 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5558 && addr1 == addr2);
5559 }
5560
5561 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5562 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5563 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5564 space doesn't really matter. */
5565
5566 static int
5567 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5568 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5569 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5570 {
5571 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5572 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5573 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5574 }
5575
5576 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5577 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5578 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5579 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5580
5581 static int
5582 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5583 struct address_space *aspace,
5584 CORE_ADDR addr)
5585 {
5586 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5587 aspace, addr)
5588 || (bl->length
5589 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5590 bl->address, bl->length,
5591 aspace, addr)));
5592 }
5593
5594 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5595 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5596 true, otherwise returns false. */
5597
5598 static int
5599 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5600 struct bp_location *loc2)
5601 {
5602 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5603 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5604 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5605 different locations. */
5606 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5607 else
5608 return 0;
5609 }
5610
5611 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5612 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5613 represent the same location. */
5614
5615 static int
5616 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5617 struct bp_location *loc2)
5618 {
5619 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5620
5621 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5622 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5623 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5624
5625 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5626 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5627
5628 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5629 return 0;
5630 else if (hw_point1)
5631 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5632 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5633 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5634 else
5635 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5636 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5637 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5638 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5639 }
5640
5641 static void
5642 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5643 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5644 {
5645 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5646 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5647 char astr1[64];
5648 char astr2[64];
5649
5650 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5651 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5652 if (have_bnum)
5653 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5654 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5655 else
5656 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5660 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5661 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5662 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5663
5664 static CORE_ADDR
5665 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5666 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5667 {
5668 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5669 {
5670 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5671 return bpaddr;
5672 }
5673 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5674 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5675 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5676 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5677 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5678 {
5679 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5680 have their addresses modified. */
5681 return bpaddr;
5682 }
5683 else
5684 {
5685 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5686
5687 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5688 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5689 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5690
5691 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5692 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5693 is required. */
5694 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5695 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5696
5697 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5698 }
5699 }
5700
5701 void
5702 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5703 struct breakpoint *owner)
5704 {
5705 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5706
5707 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5708
5709 loc->ops = ops;
5710 loc->owner = owner;
5711 loc->cond = NULL;
5712 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5713 loc->enabled = 1;
5714
5715 switch (owner->type)
5716 {
5717 case bp_breakpoint:
5718 case bp_until:
5719 case bp_finish:
5720 case bp_longjmp:
5721 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5722 case bp_exception:
5723 case bp_exception_resume:
5724 case bp_step_resume:
5725 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5726 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5727 case bp_call_dummy:
5728 case bp_std_terminate:
5729 case bp_shlib_event:
5730 case bp_thread_event:
5731 case bp_overlay_event:
5732 case bp_jit_event:
5733 case bp_longjmp_master:
5734 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5735 case bp_exception_master:
5736 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5737 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5741 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5742 break;
5743 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5744 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5745 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5746 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5747 break;
5748 case bp_watchpoint:
5749 case bp_catchpoint:
5750 case bp_tracepoint:
5751 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5752 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5753 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5754 break;
5755 default:
5756 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5757 }
5758
5759 loc->refc = 1;
5760 }
5761
5762 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5763
5764 static struct bp_location *
5765 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5766 {
5767 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5768 }
5769
5770 static void
5771 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5772 {
5773 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5774 xfree (loc);
5775 }
5776
5777 /* Increment reference count. */
5778
5779 static void
5780 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5781 {
5782 ++bl->refc;
5783 }
5784
5785 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5786 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5787
5788 static void
5789 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5790 {
5791 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5792
5793 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5794 free_bp_location (*blp);
5795 *blp = NULL;
5796 }
5797
5798 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5799
5800 static void
5801 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5802 {
5803 struct breakpoint *b1;
5804
5805 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5806 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5807
5808 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5809 if (b1 == 0)
5810 breakpoint_chain = b;
5811 else
5812 {
5813 while (b1->next)
5814 b1 = b1->next;
5815 b1->next = b;
5816 }
5817 }
5818
5819 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5820
5821 static void
5822 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5823 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5824 enum bptype bptype,
5825 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5826 {
5827 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5828
5829 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5830
5831 b->ops = ops;
5832 b->type = bptype;
5833 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5834 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5835 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5836 b->thread = -1;
5837 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5838 b->next = 0;
5839 b->silent = 0;
5840 b->ignore_count = 0;
5841 b->commands = NULL;
5842 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5843 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5844 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5845 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5846 }
5847
5848 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5849 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5850
5851 static struct breakpoint *
5852 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5853 enum bptype bptype,
5854 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5855 {
5856 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5857
5858 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5859 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5860 return b;
5861 }
5862
5863 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5864 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5865 enough. */
5866
5867 static void
5868 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5869 {
5870 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5871
5872 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5873 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5874 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5875 {
5876 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5877 const char *function_name;
5878
5879 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
5880 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5881
5882 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5883 {
5884 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5885
5886 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5887 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
5888 &loc->requested_address))
5889 {
5890 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5891 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5892 loc->requested_address,
5893 b->type);
5894 }
5895 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5896 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5897 {
5898 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5899 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5900 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5901 }
5902 }
5903
5904 if (function_name)
5905 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
5906 }
5907 }
5908
5909 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5910 struct gdbarch *
5911 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5912 {
5913 if (sal.section)
5914 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5915 if (sal.symtab)
5916 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5917
5918 return NULL;
5919 }
5920
5921 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5922 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5923 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5924
5925 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5926 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5927 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5928
5929 static void
5930 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5931 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5932 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5933 {
5934 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5935
5936 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5937
5938 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5939 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5940
5941 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5942 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5943 program space. */
5944 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5945 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5946
5947 breakpoints_changed ();
5948 }
5949
5950 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5951 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5952 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5953 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5954 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5955 is also returned as the value of this function.
5956
5957 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5958 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5959 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5960 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5961 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5962 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5963 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5964
5965 struct breakpoint *
5966 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5967 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5968 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5969 {
5970 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5971
5972 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5973 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5974 return b;
5975 }
5976
5977
5978 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5979 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5980 void
5981 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5982 {
5983 struct bp_location *bl;
5984
5985 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5986
5987 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5988 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5989 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5990 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5991 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5992 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5993 bl->inserted = 1;
5994 }
5995
5996 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5997 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5998 initiated the operation. */
5999
6000 void
6001 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6002 {
6003 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6004 int thread = tp->num;
6005
6006 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6007 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6008 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6009 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6011 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6012 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6013 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6014 {
6015 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6016 struct breakpoint *clone;
6017
6018 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6019 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6020 clone->thread = thread;
6021 }
6022
6023 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6024 }
6025
6026 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6027 void
6028 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6029 {
6030 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6031
6032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6033 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6034 {
6035 if (b->thread == thread)
6036 delete_breakpoint (b);
6037 }
6038 }
6039
6040 void
6041 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6042 {
6043 struct breakpoint *b;
6044
6045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6046 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6047 {
6048 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6049 update_global_location_list (1);
6050 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6051 }
6052 }
6053
6054 void
6055 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6056 {
6057 struct breakpoint *b;
6058
6059 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6060 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6061 {
6062 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6063 update_global_location_list (0);
6064 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6065 }
6066 }
6067
6068 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6069 master breakpoint. */
6070 void
6071 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6072 {
6073 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6074
6075 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6076 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6077 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6078 {
6079 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6080 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6081 }
6082 }
6083
6084 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6085 void
6086 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6087 {
6088 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6089
6090 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6091 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6092 delete_breakpoint (b);
6093 }
6094
6095 struct breakpoint *
6096 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6097 {
6098 struct breakpoint *b;
6099
6100 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6101 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6102
6103 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6104 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6105 b->addr_string
6106 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6107
6108 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6109
6110 return b;
6111 }
6112
6113 void
6114 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6115 {
6116 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6117
6118 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6119 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6120 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6121 delete_breakpoint (b);
6122 }
6123
6124 struct lang_and_radix
6125 {
6126 enum language lang;
6127 int radix;
6128 };
6129
6130 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6131
6132 struct breakpoint *
6133 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6134 {
6135 struct breakpoint *b;
6136
6137 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6138 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6139 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6140 return b;
6141 }
6142
6143 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6144
6145 void
6146 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6147 {
6148 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6149
6150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6151 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6152 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6153 delete_breakpoint (b);
6154 }
6155
6156 void
6157 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6158 {
6159 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6160
6161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6162 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6163 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6164 delete_breakpoint (b);
6165 }
6166
6167 struct breakpoint *
6168 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6169 {
6170 struct breakpoint *b;
6171
6172 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6173 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6174 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6175 return b;
6176 }
6177
6178 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6179 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6180
6181 void
6182 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6183 {
6184 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6185
6186 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6187 {
6188 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6189 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6190
6191 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6192 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6193 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6194 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6195 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6196 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6197 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6198 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6199 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6200 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6201 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6202 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6203 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6204 #else
6205 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6206 #endif
6207 )
6208 {
6209 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6210 }
6211 }
6212 }
6213
6214 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6215 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6216 disabled. */
6217
6218 static void
6219 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6220 {
6221 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6222 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6223
6224 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6225 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6226 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6227 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6228 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6229 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6230 return;
6231
6232 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6233 {
6234 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6235 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6236
6237 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6238 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6239 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6240 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6241 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6242 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6243 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6244 || is_tracepoint (b))
6245 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6246 {
6247 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6248 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6249 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6250 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6251 loc->inserted = 0;
6252
6253 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6254 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6255
6256 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6257 {
6258 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6259 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6260 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6261 solib->so_name);
6262 }
6263 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6264 }
6265 }
6266 }
6267
6268 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6269
6270 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6271 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6272 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6273 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6274 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6275
6276 struct fork_catchpoint
6277 {
6278 /* The base class. */
6279 struct breakpoint base;
6280
6281 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6282 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6283 catchpoint has triggered. */
6284 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6285 };
6286
6287 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6288 catchpoints. */
6289
6290 static int
6291 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6292 {
6293 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6294 }
6295
6296 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6297 catchpoints. */
6298
6299 static int
6300 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6301 {
6302 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6303 }
6304
6305 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6306 catchpoints. */
6307
6308 static int
6309 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6310 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6311 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6312 {
6313 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6314
6315 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
6316 return 0;
6317
6318 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6319 return 1;
6320 }
6321
6322 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6323 catchpoints. */
6324
6325 static enum print_stop_action
6326 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6327 {
6328 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6329 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6330 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6331
6332 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6333 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6335 else
6336 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6337 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6338 {
6339 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6340 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6341 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6342 }
6343 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6344 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6345 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6346 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6347 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6348 }
6349
6350 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6351 catchpoints. */
6352
6353 static void
6354 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6355 {
6356 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6357 struct value_print_options opts;
6358 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6359
6360 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6361
6362 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6363 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6364 readable). */
6365 if (opts.addressprint)
6366 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6367 annotate_field (5);
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6369 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6370 {
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6372 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6373 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6374 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6375 }
6376 }
6377
6378 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6379 catchpoints. */
6380
6381 static void
6382 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6383 {
6384 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6385 }
6386
6387 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6388 catchpoints. */
6389
6390 static void
6391 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6392 {
6393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6394 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6395 }
6396
6397 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6398
6399 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6400
6401 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6402 catchpoints. */
6403
6404 static int
6405 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6406 {
6407 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6408 }
6409
6410 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6411 catchpoints. */
6412
6413 static int
6414 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6415 {
6416 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6417 }
6418
6419 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6420 catchpoints. */
6421
6422 static int
6423 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6424 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6425 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6426 {
6427 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6428
6429 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
6430 return 0;
6431
6432 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6433 return 1;
6434 }
6435
6436 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6437 catchpoints. */
6438
6439 static enum print_stop_action
6440 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6441 {
6442 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6443 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6444 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6445
6446 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6447 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6448 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6449 else
6450 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6451 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6452 {
6453 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6454 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6456 }
6457 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6458 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6459 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6460 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6461 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6462 }
6463
6464 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6465 catchpoints. */
6466
6467 static void
6468 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6469 {
6470 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6471 struct value_print_options opts;
6472 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6473
6474 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6475 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6476 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6477 readable). */
6478 if (opts.addressprint)
6479 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6480 annotate_field (5);
6481 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6482 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6483 {
6484 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6485 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6486 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6487 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6488 }
6489 }
6490
6491 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6492 catchpoints. */
6493
6494 static void
6495 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6496 {
6497 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6498 }
6499
6500 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6501 catchpoints. */
6502
6503 static void
6504 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6505 {
6506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6507 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6508 }
6509
6510 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6511
6512 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6513
6514 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
6515 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6516 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6517 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6518 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6519
6520 struct solib_catchpoint
6521 {
6522 /* The base class. */
6523 struct breakpoint base;
6524
6525 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
6526 unsigned char is_load;
6527
6528 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
6529 REGEX is non-NULL. */
6530 char *regex;
6531 regex_t compiled;
6532 };
6533
6534 static void
6535 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6536 {
6537 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6538
6539 if (self->regex)
6540 regfree (&self->compiled);
6541 xfree (self->regex);
6542
6543 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6544 }
6545
6546 static int
6547 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6548 {
6549 return 0;
6550 }
6551
6552 static int
6553 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6554 {
6555 return 0;
6556 }
6557
6558 static int
6559 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
6560 struct address_space *aspace,
6561 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6562 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6563 {
6564 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6565 struct breakpoint *other;
6566
6567 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
6568 return 1;
6569
6570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
6571 {
6572 struct bp_location *other_bl;
6573
6574 if (other == bl->owner)
6575 continue;
6576
6577 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
6578 continue;
6579
6580 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
6581 continue;
6582
6583 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
6584 {
6585 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
6586 return 1;
6587 }
6588 }
6589
6590 return 0;
6591 }
6592
6593 static void
6594 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
6595 {
6596 struct solib_catchpoint *self
6597 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6598 int ix;
6599
6600 if (self->is_load)
6601 {
6602 struct so_list *iter;
6603
6604 for (ix = 0;
6605 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
6606 ix, iter);
6607 ++ix)
6608 {
6609 if (!self->regex
6610 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6611 return;
6612 }
6613 }
6614 else
6615 {
6616 char *iter;
6617
6618 for (ix = 0;
6619 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
6620 ix, iter);
6621 ++ix)
6622 {
6623 if (!self->regex
6624 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6625 return;
6626 }
6627 }
6628
6629 bs->stop = 0;
6630 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
6631 }
6632
6633 static enum print_stop_action
6634 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
6635 {
6636 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6637 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6638
6639 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6640 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6641 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6642 else
6643 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6644 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6645 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6646 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6648 print_solib_event (1);
6649 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6650 }
6651
6652 static void
6653 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
6654 {
6655 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6656 struct value_print_options opts;
6657 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6658 char *msg;
6659
6660 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6661 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6662 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6663 readable). */
6664 if (opts.addressprint)
6665 {
6666 annotate_field (4);
6667 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6668 }
6669
6670 annotate_field (5);
6671 if (self->is_load)
6672 {
6673 if (self->regex)
6674 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6675 else
6676 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
6677 }
6678 else
6679 {
6680 if (self->regex)
6681 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6682 else
6683 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
6684 }
6685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
6686 xfree (msg);
6687 }
6688
6689 static void
6690 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6691 {
6692 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6693
6694 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
6695 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6696 }
6697
6698 static void
6699 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6700 {
6701 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6702
6703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
6704 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
6705 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6706 if (self->regex)
6707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
6708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
6709 }
6710
6711 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
6712
6713 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
6714 "catch unload". */
6715
6716 static void
6717 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
6718 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6719 {
6720 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
6721 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6722 int tempflag;
6723 regex_t compiled;
6724 struct cleanup *cleanup;
6725
6726 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6727
6728 if (!arg)
6729 arg = "";
6730 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
6731
6732 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
6733 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
6734
6735 if (*arg != '\0')
6736 {
6737 int errcode;
6738
6739 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
6740 if (errcode != 0)
6741 {
6742 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
6743
6744 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
6745 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
6746 }
6747 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
6748 }
6749
6750 c->is_load = is_load;
6751 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
6752 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
6753
6754 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
6755 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6756 }
6757
6758 static void
6759 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6760 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6761 {
6762 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
6763 }
6764
6765 static void
6766 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6767 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6768 {
6769 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
6770 }
6771
6772 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6773 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6774 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6775 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6776 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6777
6778 struct syscall_catchpoint
6779 {
6780 /* The base class. */
6781 struct breakpoint base;
6782
6783 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6784 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6785 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6786 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6787 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6788 };
6789
6790 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6791 catchpoints. */
6792
6793 static void
6794 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6795 {
6796 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6797
6798 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6799
6800 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6801 }
6802
6803 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6804 catchpoints. */
6805
6806 static int
6807 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6808 {
6809 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6810 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6811
6812 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6813 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6814 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6815 else
6816 {
6817 int i, iter;
6818
6819 for (i = 0;
6820 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6821 i++)
6822 {
6823 int elem;
6824
6825 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6826 {
6827 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6828 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6829 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6830 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6831 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6832 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6833 vec_addr_offset;
6834 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6835 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6836 }
6837 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6838 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6839 }
6840 }
6841
6842 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6843 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6844 inf->any_syscall_count,
6845 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6846 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6850 catchpoints. */
6851
6852 static int
6853 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6854 {
6855 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6856 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6857
6858 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6859 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6860 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6861 else
6862 {
6863 int i, iter;
6864
6865 for (i = 0;
6866 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6867 i++)
6868 {
6869 int elem;
6870 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6871 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6872 continue;
6873 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6874 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6875 }
6876 }
6877
6878 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6879 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6880 inf->any_syscall_count,
6881 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6882 VEC_address (int,
6883 inf->syscalls_counts));
6884 }
6885
6886 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6887 catchpoints. */
6888
6889 static int
6890 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6891 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6892 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6893 {
6894 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6895 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6896 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6897 int syscall_number = 0;
6898 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6899 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6900
6901 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6902 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6903 return 0;
6904
6905 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
6906
6907 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6908 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6909 {
6910 int i, iter;
6911
6912 for (i = 0;
6913 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6914 i++)
6915 if (syscall_number == iter)
6916 break;
6917 /* Not the same. */
6918 if (!iter)
6919 return 0;
6920 }
6921
6922 return 1;
6923 }
6924
6925 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6926 catchpoints. */
6927
6928 static enum print_stop_action
6929 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6930 {
6931 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6932 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6933 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6934 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6935 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6936 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6937 ptid_t ptid;
6938 struct target_waitstatus last;
6939 struct syscall s;
6940 char *syscall_id;
6941
6942 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6943
6944 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6945
6946 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6947
6948 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6949 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6950 else
6951 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6952 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6953 {
6954 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6955 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6956 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6957 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6958 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6959 }
6960 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6961
6962 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6963 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6964 else
6965 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6966
6967 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6968 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6969 if (s.name != NULL)
6970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6971
6972 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6973
6974 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6975 }
6976
6977 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6978 catchpoints. */
6979
6980 static void
6981 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6982 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6983 {
6984 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6985 struct value_print_options opts;
6986 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6987
6988 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6989 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6990 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6991 readable). */
6992 if (opts.addressprint)
6993 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6994 annotate_field (5);
6995
6996 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6997 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6998 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6999 else
7000 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7001
7002 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7003 {
7004 int i, iter;
7005 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7006
7007 for (i = 0;
7008 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7009 i++)
7010 {
7011 char *x = text;
7012 struct syscall s;
7013 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7014
7015 if (s.name != NULL)
7016 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7017 else
7018 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7019
7020 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7021 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7022 on every call. */
7023 xfree (x);
7024 }
7025 /* Remove the last comma. */
7026 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7028 }
7029 else
7030 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7032 }
7033
7034 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7035 catchpoints. */
7036
7037 static void
7038 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7039 {
7040 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7041
7042 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7043 {
7044 int i, iter;
7045
7046 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7047 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7048 else
7049 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7050
7051 for (i = 0;
7052 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7053 i++)
7054 {
7055 struct syscall s;
7056 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7057
7058 if (s.name)
7059 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7060 else
7061 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7062 }
7063 printf_filtered (")");
7064 }
7065 else
7066 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7067 b->number);
7068 }
7069
7070 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7071 catchpoints. */
7072
7073 static void
7074 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7075 {
7076 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7077
7078 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7079
7080 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7081 {
7082 int i, iter;
7083
7084 for (i = 0;
7085 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7086 i++)
7087 {
7088 struct syscall s;
7089
7090 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7091 if (s.name)
7092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7093 else
7094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7095 }
7096 }
7097 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7098 }
7099
7100 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7101
7102 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7103
7104 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7105
7106 static int
7107 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7108 {
7109 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7110 }
7111
7112 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7113 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7114 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7115 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7116
7117 static void
7118 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7119 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7120 char *cond_string,
7121 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7122 {
7123 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7124
7125 init_sal (&sal);
7126 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7127
7128 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7129
7130 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7131 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7132 }
7133
7134 void
7135 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7136 {
7137 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7138 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7139 if (!internal)
7140 mention (b);
7141 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7142
7143 if (update_gll)
7144 update_global_location_list (1);
7145 }
7146
7147 static void
7148 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7149 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7151 {
7152 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7153
7154 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7155
7156 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7157
7158 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7159 }
7160
7161 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7162
7163 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7164 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7165 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7166 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7167 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7168
7169 struct exec_catchpoint
7170 {
7171 /* The base class. */
7172 struct breakpoint base;
7173
7174 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7175 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7176 triggered. */
7177 char *exec_pathname;
7178 };
7179
7180 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7181 catchpoints. */
7182
7183 static void
7184 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7185 {
7186 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7187
7188 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7189
7190 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7191 }
7192
7193 static int
7194 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7195 {
7196 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7197 }
7198
7199 static int
7200 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7201 {
7202 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7203 }
7204
7205 static int
7206 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7207 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7208 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7209 {
7210 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7211
7212 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
7213 return 0;
7214
7215 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
7216 return 1;
7217 }
7218
7219 static enum print_stop_action
7220 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
7221 {
7222 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7223 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7224 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7225
7226 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7227 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7228 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7229 else
7230 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7232 {
7233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7234 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
7235 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7236 }
7237 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7238 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
7239 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
7240 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7241
7242 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7243 }
7244
7245 static void
7246 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7247 {
7248 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7249 struct value_print_options opts;
7250 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7251
7252 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7253
7254 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
7255 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
7256 is relatively readable). */
7257 if (opts.addressprint)
7258 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7259 annotate_field (5);
7260 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
7261 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
7262 {
7263 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
7264 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
7265 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7266 }
7267 }
7268
7269 static void
7270 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7271 {
7272 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
7273 }
7274
7275 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7276 catchpoints. */
7277
7278 static void
7279 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7280 {
7281 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7282 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7283 }
7284
7285 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
7286
7287 static void
7288 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7289 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7290 {
7291 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7292 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7293
7294 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7295 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7296 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7297
7298 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7299 }
7300
7301 static int
7302 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7303 {
7304 int i = 0;
7305 struct breakpoint *b;
7306 struct bp_location *bl;
7307
7308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7309 {
7310 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7311 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7312 {
7313 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7314 one register. */
7315 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7316 }
7317 }
7318
7319 return i;
7320 }
7321
7322 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7323 watchpoint. */
7324
7325 static int
7326 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
7327 {
7328 int i = 0;
7329 struct bp_location *bl;
7330
7331 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7332 return 0;
7333
7334 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7335 {
7336 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7337 one register. */
7338 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7339 }
7340
7341 return i;
7342 }
7343
7344 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7345 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7346 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7347 types _not_ TYPE. */
7348
7349 static int
7350 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
7351 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7352 {
7353 int i = 0;
7354 struct breakpoint *b;
7355
7356 *other_type_used = 0;
7357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7358 {
7359 if (b == except)
7360 continue;
7361 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7362 continue;
7363
7364 if (b->type == type)
7365 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7366 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7367 *other_type_used = 1;
7368 }
7369
7370 return i;
7371 }
7372
7373 void
7374 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7375 {
7376 struct breakpoint *b;
7377
7378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7379 {
7380 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7381 {
7382 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7383 update_global_location_list (0);
7384 }
7385 }
7386 }
7387
7388 void
7389 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7390 {
7391 struct breakpoint *b;
7392
7393 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7394 {
7395 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7396 {
7397 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7398 update_global_location_list (1);
7399 }
7400 }
7401 }
7402
7403 void
7404 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7405 {
7406 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7407 update_global_location_list (0);
7408 }
7409
7410 void
7411 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7412 {
7413 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7414 breakpoint_re_set ();
7415 }
7416
7417
7418 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7419 at address specified by SAL.
7420 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7421
7422 struct breakpoint *
7423 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7424 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7425 {
7426 struct breakpoint *b;
7427
7428 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7429 one. */
7430 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7431
7432 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7433 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7434 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7435 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7436
7437 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7438 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7439 control. */
7440 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7441 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7442
7443 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7444
7445 return b;
7446 }
7447
7448 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7449 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7450 breakpoint_ops. */
7451
7452 static struct breakpoint *
7453 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7454 enum bptype type,
7455 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7456 {
7457 struct breakpoint *copy;
7458
7459 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7460 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7461 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7462
7463 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7464 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7465 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7466 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7467 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7468
7469 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7470 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7471
7472 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7473 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7474 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7475 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7476
7477 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7478 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7479 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7480
7481 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7482 return copy;
7483 }
7484
7485 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7486 ORIG is NULL. */
7487
7488 struct breakpoint *
7489 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7490 {
7491 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7492 if (orig == NULL)
7493 return NULL;
7494
7495 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7496 }
7497
7498 struct breakpoint *
7499 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7500 enum bptype type)
7501 {
7502 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7503
7504 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7505 sal.pc = pc;
7506 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7507 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7508
7509 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7510 }
7511 \f
7512
7513 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7514
7515 static void
7516 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7517 {
7518 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7519 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7520 return;
7521 printf_filtered ("\n");
7522 }
7523 \f
7524
7525 static struct bp_location *
7526 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7527 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7528 {
7529 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7530 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7531 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7532
7533 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7534 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7535
7536 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7537 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7538 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7539 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7540 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7541 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7542 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7543 sal->pc, b->type);
7544
7545 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7546 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7547 ;
7548 *tmp = loc;
7549
7550 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7551 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7552 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7553 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7554 loc->section = sal->section;
7555 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7556
7557 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7558 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7559 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7560
7561 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7562 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7563 return loc;
7564 }
7565 \f
7566
7567 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7568 return 0 otherwise. */
7569
7570 static int
7571 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7572 {
7573 int len;
7574 CORE_ADDR addr;
7575 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7576 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7577 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7578 int retval = 0;
7579
7580 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7581
7582 addr = loc->address;
7583 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7584
7585 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7586 if (bpoint == NULL)
7587 return 0;
7588
7589 target_mem = alloca (len);
7590
7591 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7592 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7593 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7594 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7595
7596 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7597 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7598
7599 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7600 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7601 retval = 1;
7602
7603 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7604
7605 return retval;
7606 }
7607
7608
7609
7610 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7611 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7612 as condition expression. */
7613
7614 static void
7615 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7616 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7617 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7618 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7619 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7620 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7621 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7622 {
7623 int i;
7624
7625 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7626 {
7627 int target_resources_ok;
7628
7629 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7630 target_resources_ok =
7631 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7632 i + 1, 0);
7633 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7634 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7635 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7636 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7637 }
7638
7639 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7640
7641 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7642 {
7643 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7644 struct bp_location *loc;
7645
7646 if (from_tty)
7647 {
7648 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7649 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7650 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7651
7652 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7653 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7654 }
7655
7656 if (i == 0)
7657 {
7658 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7659 b->thread = thread;
7660 b->task = task;
7661
7662 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7663 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7664 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7665 b->disposition = disposition;
7666
7667 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7668 {
7669 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7670 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7671
7672 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7673 {
7674 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7675 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7676 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7677 char *endp;
7678 char *marker_str;
7679
7680 p = skip_spaces (p);
7681
7682 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7683
7684 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7685 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7686
7687 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7688 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7689 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7690 }
7691 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7692 {
7693 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7694 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7695
7696 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7697 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7698 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7699 }
7700 else
7701 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7702 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7703 }
7704
7705 loc = b->loc;
7706 }
7707 else
7708 {
7709 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7710 }
7711
7712 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7713 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7714
7715 if (b->cond_string)
7716 {
7717 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7718 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7719 if (*arg)
7720 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7721 }
7722 }
7723
7724 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7725 if (addr_string)
7726 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7727 else
7728 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7729 me. */
7730 b->addr_string
7731 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7732 b->filter = filter;
7733 }
7734
7735 static void
7736 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7737 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7738 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7739 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7740 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7741 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7742 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7743 {
7744 struct breakpoint *b;
7745 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7746
7747 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7748 {
7749 struct tracepoint *t;
7750
7751 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7752 b = &t->base;
7753 }
7754 else
7755 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7756
7757 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7758
7759 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7760 sals, addr_string,
7761 filter, cond_string,
7762 type, disposition,
7763 thread, task, ignore_count,
7764 ops, from_tty,
7765 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7766 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7767
7768 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7769 }
7770
7771 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7772 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7773 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7774 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7775 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7776 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7777 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7778 we take just a single condition string.
7779
7780 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7781 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7782 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7783 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7784 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7785
7786 static void
7787 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7788 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7789 char *cond_string,
7790 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7791 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7792 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7793 int enabled, int internal)
7794 {
7795 int i;
7796 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7797
7798 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7799 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7800
7801 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7802 {
7803 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7804 'break', without arguments. */
7805 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7806 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7807 : NULL);
7808 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7809 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7810
7811 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7812 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7813 addr_string,
7814 filter_string,
7815 cond_string, type, disposition,
7816 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7817 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7818 canonical->special_display);
7819 discard_cleanups (inner);
7820 }
7821 }
7822
7823 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7824 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7825 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7826 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7827
7828 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7829 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7830
7831 static void
7832 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7833 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7834 {
7835 char *addr_start = *address;
7836
7837 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7838 breakpoint. */
7839 if ((*address) == NULL
7840 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7841 {
7842 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7843 address. */
7844 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7845 {
7846 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7847 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7848
7849 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7850 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7851 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7852
7853 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7854 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7855 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7856 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7857
7858 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7859 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7860 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7861 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7862 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7863 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7864
7865 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7866 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7867 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7868
7869 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7870 }
7871 else
7872 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7873 }
7874 else
7875 {
7876 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7877 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7878 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7879 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7880 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7881 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7882 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7883 get_last_displayed_line (),
7884 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7885 else
7886 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7887 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7888 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7889 }
7890 }
7891
7892
7893 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7894 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7895
7896 static void
7897 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7898 {
7899 int i;
7900
7901 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7902 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7903 }
7904
7905 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7906 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7907 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7908 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7909 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7910 it, etc. */
7911
7912 static void
7913 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7914 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7915 {
7916 int i, rslt;
7917 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7918 char *msg;
7919 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7920
7921 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7922 {
7923 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7924
7925 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7926
7927 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7928 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7929 associated with SAL. */
7930 if (sarch == NULL)
7931 sarch = gdbarch;
7932 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7933 NULL, &msg);
7934 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7935
7936 if (!rslt)
7937 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7938 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7939
7940 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7941 }
7942 }
7943
7944 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7945 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7946 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7947 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7948 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7949 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7950 static void
7951 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7952 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7953 {
7954 *cond_string = NULL;
7955 *thread = -1;
7956 while (tok && *tok)
7957 {
7958 char *end_tok;
7959 int toklen;
7960 char *cond_start = NULL;
7961 char *cond_end = NULL;
7962
7963 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7964
7965 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7966
7967 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7968
7969 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7970 {
7971 struct expression *expr;
7972
7973 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7974 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7975 xfree (expr);
7976 cond_end = tok;
7977 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7978 cond_end - cond_start);
7979 }
7980 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7981 {
7982 char *tmptok;
7983
7984 tok = end_tok + 1;
7985 tmptok = tok;
7986 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7987 if (tok == tmptok)
7988 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7989 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7990 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7991 }
7992 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7993 {
7994 char *tmptok;
7995
7996 tok = end_tok + 1;
7997 tmptok = tok;
7998 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7999 if (tok == tmptok)
8000 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8001 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8002 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8003 }
8004 else
8005 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8006 }
8007 }
8008
8009 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8010
8011 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8012 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8013 {
8014 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8015 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8016 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8017 struct symbol *sym;
8018 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8019 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8020 char *endp;
8021 char *marker_str;
8022 int i;
8023
8024 p = skip_spaces (p);
8025
8026 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8027
8028 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8029 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8030
8031 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8032 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8033 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8034
8035 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8036 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8037
8038 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8039 {
8040 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8041
8042 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8043
8044 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8045
8046 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8047 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8048
8049 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8050 }
8051
8052 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8053
8054 *arg_p = endp;
8055 return sals;
8056 }
8057
8058 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8059 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8060 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8061 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8062 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8063 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8064 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8065 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8066 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8067 false otherwise. */
8068
8069 int
8070 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8071 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8072 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8073 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8074 int ignore_count,
8075 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8076 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8077 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8078 {
8079 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8080 char *copy_arg = NULL;
8081 char *addr_start = arg;
8082 struct linespec_result canonical;
8083 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8084 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8085 int i;
8086 int pending = 0;
8087 int task = 0;
8088 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8089
8090 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
8091
8092 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8093
8094 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8095 {
8096 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
8097 addr_start, &copy_arg);
8098 }
8099
8100 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8101 switch (e.reason)
8102 {
8103 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
8104 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
8105 return 0;
8106 break;
8107 case RETURN_ERROR:
8108 switch (e.error)
8109 {
8110 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8111
8112 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8113 error. */
8114
8115 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8116 throw_exception (e);
8117
8118 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8119
8120 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8121 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8122 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8123 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8124 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
8125 return 0;
8126
8127 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8128 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8129 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8130 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8131 {
8132 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8133
8134 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8135 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8136 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8137 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
8138 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
8139 pending = 1;
8140 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
8141 }
8142 break;
8143 default:
8144 throw_exception (e);
8145 }
8146 break;
8147 default:
8148 throw_exception (e);
8149 }
8150
8151 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8152 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
8153
8154 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8155 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8156 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8157 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8158 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8159
8160 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8161 are ok for the target. */
8162 if (!pending)
8163 {
8164 int ix;
8165 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8166
8167 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8168 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
8169 }
8170
8171 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8172 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8173 {
8174 int ix;
8175 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8176
8177 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8178 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
8179 }
8180
8181 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8182 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8183 breakpoint. */
8184 if (!pending)
8185 {
8186 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8187
8188 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
8189
8190 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8191 {
8192 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8193 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8194 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8195 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8196 cond_string = NULL;
8197 thread = -1;
8198 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8199 &thread, &task);
8200 if (cond_string)
8201 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8202 }
8203 else
8204 {
8205 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8206 if (cond_string)
8207 {
8208 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8209 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8210 }
8211 }
8212
8213 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
8214 cond_string, type_wanted,
8215 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8216 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8217 from_tty, enabled, internal);
8218 }
8219 else
8220 {
8221 struct breakpoint *b;
8222
8223 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8224
8225 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
8226 {
8227 struct tracepoint *t;
8228
8229 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8230 b = &t->base;
8231 }
8232 else
8233 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8234
8235 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
8236
8237 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
8238 b->cond_string = NULL;
8239 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8240 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8241 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8242 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8243 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
8244 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
8245 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8246
8247 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8248 }
8249
8250 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
8251 {
8252 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8253 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8254 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8255 }
8256
8257 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8258 breakpoint. */
8259 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8260 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8261 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8262
8263 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8264 update_global_location_list (1);
8265
8266 return 1;
8267 }
8268
8269 /* Set a breakpoint.
8270 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8271 condition, and thread.
8272 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8273 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8274 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8275
8276 static void
8277 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8278 {
8279 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8280 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8281 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8282 : bp_breakpoint);
8283
8284 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8285 arg,
8286 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8287 tempflag, type_wanted,
8288 0 /* Ignore count */,
8289 pending_break_support,
8290 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8291 from_tty,
8292 1 /* enabled */,
8293 0 /* internal */);
8294 }
8295
8296 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8297
8298 void
8299 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8300 {
8301 CORE_ADDR pc;
8302
8303 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8304 {
8305 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8306 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8307 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8308 sal->pc = pc;
8309
8310 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8311 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8312 if (sal->explicit_line)
8313 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8314 }
8315
8316 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8317 {
8318 struct blockvector *bv;
8319 struct block *b;
8320 struct symbol *sym;
8321
8322 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8323 if (bv != NULL)
8324 {
8325 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8326 if (sym != NULL)
8327 {
8328 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8329 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8330 }
8331 else
8332 {
8333 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8334 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8335 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8336 happen in assembly source). */
8337
8338 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8339 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8340
8341 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8342
8343 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8344 if (msym)
8345 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8346
8347 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8348 }
8349 }
8350 }
8351 }
8352
8353 void
8354 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8355 {
8356 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8357 }
8358
8359 void
8360 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8361 {
8362 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8363 }
8364
8365 static void
8366 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8367 {
8368 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8369 }
8370
8371 static void
8372 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8373 {
8374 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8375 }
8376
8377 static void
8378 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8379 {
8380 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8381 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8382 stop at <line>\n"));
8383 }
8384
8385 static void
8386 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8387 {
8388 int badInput = 0;
8389
8390 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8391 badInput = 1;
8392 else if (*arg != '*')
8393 {
8394 char *argptr = arg;
8395 int hasColon = 0;
8396
8397 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8398 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8399 function/method name. */
8400 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8401 {
8402 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8403 argptr++;
8404 }
8405
8406 if (hasColon)
8407 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8408 else
8409 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8410 }
8411
8412 if (badInput)
8413 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8414 else
8415 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8416 }
8417
8418 static void
8419 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8420 {
8421 int badInput = 0;
8422
8423 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8424 badInput = 1;
8425 else
8426 {
8427 char *argptr = arg;
8428 int hasColon = 0;
8429
8430 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8431 it is probably a line number. */
8432 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8433 {
8434 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8435 argptr++;
8436 }
8437
8438 if (hasColon)
8439 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8440 else
8441 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8442 }
8443
8444 if (badInput)
8445 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8446 else
8447 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8448 }
8449
8450 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8451 ranged breakpoints. */
8452
8453 static int
8454 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8455 struct address_space *aspace,
8456 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8457 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8458 {
8459 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
8460 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
8461 return 0;
8462
8463 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8464 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8465 }
8466
8467 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8468 ranged breakpoints. */
8469
8470 static int
8471 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8472 {
8473 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8474 }
8475
8476 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8477 ranged breakpoints. */
8478
8479 static enum print_stop_action
8480 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8481 {
8482 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8483 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8485
8486 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8487
8488 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8489 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8490
8491 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8492 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8493 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8494 else
8495 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8497 {
8498 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8500 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8501 }
8502 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8503 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8504
8505 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8506 }
8507
8508 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8509 ranged breakpoints. */
8510
8511 static void
8512 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8513 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8514 {
8515 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8516 struct value_print_options opts;
8517 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8518
8519 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8520 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8521
8522 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8523
8524 if (opts.addressprint)
8525 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8526 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8527 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8528 annotate_field (5);
8529 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8530 *last_loc = bl;
8531 }
8532
8533 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8534 ranged breakpoints. */
8535
8536 static void
8537 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8538 struct ui_out *uiout)
8539 {
8540 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8541 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8542 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8543 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8544
8545 gdb_assert (bl);
8546
8547 address_start = bl->address;
8548 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8549
8550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8551 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8552 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8553 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8554 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8556
8557 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8558 }
8559
8560 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8561 ranged breakpoints. */
8562
8563 static void
8564 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8565 {
8566 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8567 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8568
8569 gdb_assert (bl);
8570 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8571
8572 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8573 return;
8574
8575 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8576 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8577 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8578 }
8579
8580 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8581 ranged breakpoints. */
8582
8583 static void
8584 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8585 {
8586 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8587 b->addr_string_range_end);
8588 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8589 }
8590
8591 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8592
8593 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8594
8595 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8596 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8597 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8598 last instruction of the given line. */
8599
8600 static CORE_ADDR
8601 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8602 {
8603 CORE_ADDR end;
8604
8605 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8606 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8607 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8608 end = sal.pc;
8609 else
8610 {
8611 int ret;
8612 CORE_ADDR start;
8613
8614 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8615 if (!ret)
8616 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8617
8618 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8619 end--;
8620 }
8621
8622 return end;
8623 }
8624
8625 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8626
8627 static void
8628 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8629 {
8630 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8631 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8632 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8633 CORE_ADDR end;
8634 struct breakpoint *b;
8635 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8636 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8637 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8638
8639 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8640 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8641 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8642
8643 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8644 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8645 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8646 bp_count, 0);
8647 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8648 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8649
8650 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8651 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8652 error(_("No address range specified."));
8653
8654 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8655
8656 arg_start = arg;
8657 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8658
8659 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8660
8661 if (arg[0] != ',')
8662 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8663 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8664 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8665
8666 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8667
8668 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8669 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8670 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8671
8672 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8673 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8674 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8675
8676 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8677 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8678
8679 /* Parse the end location. */
8680
8681 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8682 arg_start = arg;
8683
8684 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8685 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8686 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8687 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8688 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8689 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8690 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8691 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8692
8693 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8694
8695 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8696 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8697
8698 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8699 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8700 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8701 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8702
8703 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8704 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8705 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8706
8707 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8708 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8709 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8710
8711 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8712 if (length < 0)
8713 /* Length overflowed. */
8714 error (_("Address range too large."));
8715 else if (length == 1)
8716 {
8717 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8718 the `hbreak' command. */
8719 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8720
8721 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8722
8723 return;
8724 }
8725
8726 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8727 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8728 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8729 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8730 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8731 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8732 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8733 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8734 b->loc->length = length;
8735
8736 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8737
8738 mention (b);
8739 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8740 update_global_location_list (1);
8741 }
8742
8743 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8744 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8745 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8746 zero. */
8747 static int
8748 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8749 {
8750 int i = exp->nelts;
8751
8752 while (i > 0)
8753 {
8754 int oplenp, argsp;
8755
8756 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8757 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8758 i -= oplenp;
8759
8760 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8761 {
8762 case BINOP_ADD:
8763 case BINOP_SUB:
8764 case BINOP_MUL:
8765 case BINOP_DIV:
8766 case BINOP_REM:
8767 case BINOP_MOD:
8768 case BINOP_LSH:
8769 case BINOP_RSH:
8770 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8771 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8772 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8773 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8774 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8775 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8776 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8777 case BINOP_LESS:
8778 case BINOP_GTR:
8779 case BINOP_LEQ:
8780 case BINOP_GEQ:
8781 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8782 case BINOP_COMMA:
8783 case BINOP_EXP:
8784 case BINOP_MIN:
8785 case BINOP_MAX:
8786 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8787 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8788 case BINOP_IN:
8789 case BINOP_RANGE:
8790 case TERNOP_COND:
8791 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8792 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8793
8794 case OP_LONG:
8795 case OP_DOUBLE:
8796 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8797 case OP_LAST:
8798 case OP_COMPLEX:
8799 case OP_STRING:
8800 case OP_BITSTRING:
8801 case OP_ARRAY:
8802 case OP_TYPE:
8803 case OP_NAME:
8804 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8805
8806 case UNOP_NEG:
8807 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8808 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8809 case UNOP_ADDR:
8810 case UNOP_HIGH:
8811 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8812 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8813 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8814 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8815
8816 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8817 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8818 ADDR is. */
8819 break;
8820
8821 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8822 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8823
8824 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8825 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8826 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8827 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8828
8829 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8830 are always constant. */
8831 {
8832 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8833
8834 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8835 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8836 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8837 return 0;
8838 break;
8839 }
8840
8841 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8842 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8843 then it is not a constant. */
8844 default:
8845 return 0;
8846 }
8847 }
8848
8849 return 1;
8850 }
8851
8852 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8853
8854 static void
8855 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8856 {
8857 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8858
8859 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8860 xfree (w->exp);
8861 xfree (w->exp_string);
8862 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8863 value_free (w->val);
8864
8865 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8866 }
8867
8868 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8869
8870 static void
8871 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8872 {
8873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8874
8875 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8876 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8877
8878 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8879 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8880 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8881 are loaded and unloaded.
8882
8883 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8884 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8885 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8886 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8887 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8888 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8889
8890 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8891 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8892 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8893 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8894
8895 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8896 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8897
8898 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8899 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8900 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8901 }
8902
8903 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8904
8905 static int
8906 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8907 {
8908 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8909 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8910
8911 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8912 w->cond_exp);
8913 }
8914
8915 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8916
8917 static int
8918 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8919 {
8920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8921 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8922
8923 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8924 w->cond_exp);
8925 }
8926
8927 static int
8928 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8929 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8930 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8931 {
8932 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8933 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8934
8935 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8936 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8937 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8938 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8939 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8940 (did not match the data address). */
8941 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8942 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8943 return 0;
8944
8945 return 1;
8946 }
8947
8948 static void
8949 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8950 {
8951 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8952
8953 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8954 }
8955
8956 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8957 hardware watchpoints. */
8958
8959 static int
8960 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8961 {
8962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8963 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8964
8965 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8966 }
8967
8968 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8969 hardware watchpoints. */
8970
8971 static int
8972 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8973 {
8974 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8975 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8976 }
8977
8978 static enum print_stop_action
8979 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8980 {
8981 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8982 struct breakpoint *b;
8983 const struct bp_location *bl;
8984 struct ui_stream *stb;
8985 enum print_stop_action result;
8986 struct watchpoint *w;
8987 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8988
8989 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8990
8991 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8992 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8993 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8994
8995 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8996 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8997
8998 switch (b->type)
8999 {
9000 case bp_watchpoint:
9001 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9002 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9004 ui_out_field_string
9005 (uiout, "reason",
9006 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9007 mention (b);
9008 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9009 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9010 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9011 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9012 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9013 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9014 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9016 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9017 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9018 break;
9019
9020 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9021 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9022 ui_out_field_string
9023 (uiout, "reason",
9024 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9025 mention (b);
9026 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9028 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9029 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
9030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9031 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9032 break;
9033
9034 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9035 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
9036 {
9037 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9039 ui_out_field_string
9040 (uiout, "reason",
9041 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9042 mention (b);
9043 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9045 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9046 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9048 }
9049 else
9050 {
9051 mention (b);
9052 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9053 ui_out_field_string
9054 (uiout, "reason",
9055 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9056 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9057 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9058 }
9059 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9060 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9062 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9063 break;
9064 default:
9065 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9066 }
9067
9068 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9069 return result;
9070 }
9071
9072 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9073 watchpoints. */
9074
9075 static void
9076 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9077 {
9078 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9079 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9080 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9081
9082 switch (b->type)
9083 {
9084 case bp_watchpoint:
9085 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
9086 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9087 break;
9088 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9089 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
9090 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9091 break;
9092 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9093 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
9094 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9095 break;
9096 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9097 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9098 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9099 break;
9100 default:
9101 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9102 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9103 }
9104
9105 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9106 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9107 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9108 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9109 }
9110
9111 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9112 watchpoints. */
9113
9114 static void
9115 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9116 {
9117 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9118
9119 switch (b->type)
9120 {
9121 case bp_watchpoint:
9122 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9124 break;
9125 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9126 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9127 break;
9128 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9130 break;
9131 default:
9132 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9133 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9134 }
9135
9136 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
9137 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9138 }
9139
9140 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9141
9142 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9143
9144 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9145 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9146
9147 static int
9148 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9149 {
9150 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9151
9152 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9153 bl->watchpoint_type);
9154 }
9155
9156 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9157 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9158
9159 static int
9160 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9161 {
9162 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9163
9164 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9165 bl->watchpoint_type);
9166 }
9167
9168 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9169 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9170
9171 static int
9172 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9173 {
9174 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9175
9176 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
9177 }
9178
9179 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9180 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9181
9182 static int
9183 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9184 {
9185 return 0;
9186 }
9187
9188 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9189 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9190
9191 static enum print_stop_action
9192 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9193 {
9194 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9195 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9196
9197 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9198 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9199
9200 switch (b->type)
9201 {
9202 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9203 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9204 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9205 ui_out_field_string
9206 (uiout, "reason",
9207 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9208 break;
9209
9210 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9211 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9212 ui_out_field_string
9213 (uiout, "reason",
9214 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9215 break;
9216
9217 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9218 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9219 ui_out_field_string
9220 (uiout, "reason",
9221 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9222 break;
9223 default:
9224 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9225 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9226 }
9227
9228 mention (b);
9229 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9230 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9231 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9232 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9233
9234 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9235 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9236 }
9237
9238 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9239 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9240
9241 static void
9242 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9243 struct ui_out *uiout)
9244 {
9245 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9246
9247 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9248 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9249
9250 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9251 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9252 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9253 }
9254
9255 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9256 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9257
9258 static void
9259 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9260 {
9261 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9262 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9263 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9264
9265 switch (b->type)
9266 {
9267 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9268 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9269 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9270 break;
9271 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9272 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9273 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9274 break;
9275 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9276 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9277 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9278 break;
9279 default:
9280 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9281 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9282 }
9283
9284 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9285 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9286 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9287 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9288 }
9289
9290 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9291 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9292
9293 static void
9294 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9295 {
9296 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9297 char tmp[40];
9298
9299 switch (b->type)
9300 {
9301 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9303 break;
9304 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9306 break;
9307 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9309 break;
9310 default:
9311 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9312 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9313 }
9314
9315 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9317 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9318 }
9319
9320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9321
9322 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9323
9324 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9325
9326 static int
9327 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9328 {
9329 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9330 }
9331
9332 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9333 hw_read: watch read,
9334 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9335 static void
9336 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9337 int just_location, int internal)
9338 {
9339 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9340 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9341 struct expression *exp;
9342 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9343 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9344 struct frame_info *frame;
9345 char *exp_start = NULL;
9346 char *exp_end = NULL;
9347 char *tok, *end_tok;
9348 int toklen = -1;
9349 char *cond_start = NULL;
9350 char *cond_end = NULL;
9351 enum bptype bp_type;
9352 int thread = -1;
9353 int pc = 0;
9354 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9355 the hardware watchpoint. */
9356 int use_mask = 0;
9357 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9358 struct watchpoint *w;
9359
9360 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9361 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9362 {
9363 char *value_start;
9364
9365 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9366 of the arguments string. */
9367 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9368 {
9369 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9370 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9371 tok--;
9372
9373 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9374 This is the value of the parameter. */
9375 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9376 tok--;
9377 value_start = tok + 1;
9378
9379 /* Skip whitespace. */
9380 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9381 tok--;
9382
9383 end_tok = tok;
9384
9385 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9386 This is the parameter itself. */
9387 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9388 tok--;
9389 tok++;
9390 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9391
9392 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9393 {
9394 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9395 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9396 only in a specific thread. */
9397 char *endp;
9398
9399 if (thread != -1)
9400 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9401
9402 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9403 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9404
9405 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9406 thread ID. */
9407 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9408 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9409
9410 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9411 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9412 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9413 }
9414 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9415 {
9416 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9417 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9418 facility. */
9419 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9420
9421 if (use_mask)
9422 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9423
9424 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9425
9426 mark = value_mark ();
9427 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9428 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9429 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9430 }
9431 else
9432 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9433 break;
9434
9435 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9436 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9437 *tok = '\0';
9438 }
9439 }
9440
9441 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9442 innermost_block = NULL;
9443 exp_start = arg;
9444 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9445 exp_end = arg;
9446 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9447 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9448 prettier. */
9449 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9450 --exp_end;
9451
9452 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9453 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9454 {
9455 int len;
9456
9457 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9458 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9459 len--;
9460 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9461 }
9462
9463 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9464 mark = value_mark ();
9465 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9466
9467 if (just_location)
9468 {
9469 int ret;
9470
9471 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9472 val = value_addr (result);
9473 release_value (val);
9474 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9475
9476 if (use_mask)
9477 {
9478 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9479 mask);
9480 if (ret == -1)
9481 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9482 else if (ret == -2)
9483 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9484 }
9485 }
9486 else if (val != NULL)
9487 release_value (val);
9488
9489 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9490 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9491
9492 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9493 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9494 {
9495 struct expression *cond;
9496
9497 innermost_block = NULL;
9498 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9499 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9500
9501 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9502 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9503 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9504
9505 xfree (cond);
9506 cond_end = tok;
9507 }
9508 if (*tok)
9509 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9510
9511 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9512 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9513 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9514 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9515 else
9516 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9517
9518 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9519
9520 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9521 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9522 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9523 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9524 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9525 {
9526 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9527 {
9528 scope_breakpoint
9529 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9530 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9531 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9532 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9533
9534 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9535
9536 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9537 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9538
9539 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9540 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9541
9542 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9543 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9544 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9545 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9546 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9547 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9548 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9549 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9550 scope_breakpoint->type);
9551 }
9552 }
9553
9554 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9555
9556 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9557 b = &w->base;
9558 if (use_mask)
9559 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9560 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9561 else
9562 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9563 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9564 b->thread = thread;
9565 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9566 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9567 w->exp = exp;
9568 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9569 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9570 if (just_location)
9571 {
9572 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9573 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9574 char *name;
9575
9576 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9577 name = type_to_string (t);
9578
9579 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9580 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9581 xfree (name);
9582
9583 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9584 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9585
9586 /* The above expression is in C. */
9587 b->language = language_c;
9588 }
9589 else
9590 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9591
9592 if (use_mask)
9593 {
9594 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9595 }
9596 else
9597 {
9598 w->val = val;
9599 w->val_valid = 1;
9600 }
9601
9602 if (cond_start)
9603 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9604 else
9605 b->cond_string = 0;
9606
9607 if (frame)
9608 {
9609 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9610 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9611 }
9612 else
9613 {
9614 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9615 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9616 }
9617
9618 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9619 {
9620 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9621 need to act on them together. */
9622 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9623 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9624 }
9625
9626 if (!just_location)
9627 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9628
9629 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9630 {
9631 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9632 that should be inserted. */
9633 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9634 }
9635 if (e.reason < 0)
9636 {
9637 delete_breakpoint (b);
9638 throw_exception (e);
9639 }
9640
9641 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9642 }
9643
9644 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9645 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9646
9647 static int
9648 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9649 {
9650 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9651 struct value *head = v;
9652
9653 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9654 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9655 return 0;
9656
9657 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9658 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9659 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9660 hardware watchpoint.
9661
9662 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9663 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9664 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9665 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9666 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9667 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9668 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9669 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9670 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9671
9672 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9673 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9674 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9675 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9676 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9677 {
9678 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9679 {
9680 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9681 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9682 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9683 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9684 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9685 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9686 ;
9687 else
9688 {
9689 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9690 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9691 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9692
9693 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9694 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9695 middle of some value chain. */
9696 if (v == head
9697 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9698 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9699 {
9700 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9701 int len;
9702 int num_regs;
9703
9704 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9705 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9706 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9707
9708 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9709 if (!num_regs)
9710 return 0;
9711 else
9712 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9713 }
9714 }
9715 }
9716 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9717 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9718 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9719 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9720 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9721 }
9722
9723 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9724 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9725 return found_memory_cnt;
9726 }
9727
9728 void
9729 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9730 {
9731 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9732 }
9733
9734 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9735 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9736 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9737 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9738
9739 static int
9740 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9741 {
9742 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9743 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9744 {
9745 *str += arg_len;
9746 return 1;
9747 }
9748 return 0;
9749 }
9750
9751 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9752 calls watch_command_1. */
9753
9754 static void
9755 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9756 {
9757 int just_location = 0;
9758
9759 if (arg
9760 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9761 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9762 {
9763 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9764 just_location = 1;
9765 }
9766
9767 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9768 }
9769
9770 static void
9771 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9772 {
9773 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9774 }
9775
9776 void
9777 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9778 {
9779 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9780 }
9781
9782 static void
9783 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9784 {
9785 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9786 }
9787
9788 void
9789 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9790 {
9791 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9792 }
9793
9794 static void
9795 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9796 {
9797 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9798 }
9799 \f
9800
9801 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9802 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9803
9804 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9805 {
9806 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9807 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9808 int thread_num;
9809 };
9810
9811 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9812 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9813 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9814 command. */
9815 static void
9816 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9817 {
9818 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9819
9820 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9821 if (a->breakpoint2)
9822 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9823 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9824 }
9825
9826 void
9827 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9828 {
9829 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9830 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9831 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9832 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9833 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9834 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9835 int thread;
9836 struct thread_info *tp;
9837
9838 clear_proceed_status ();
9839
9840 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9841 this function. */
9842
9843 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9844 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9845 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9846 get_last_displayed_line ());
9847 else
9848 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9849 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9850
9851 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9852 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9853
9854 sal = sals.sals[0];
9855 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9856
9857 if (*arg)
9858 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9859
9860 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9861
9862 if (anywhere)
9863 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9864 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9865 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9866 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9867 else
9868 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9869 only at the very same frame. */
9870 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9871 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9872 bp_until);
9873
9874 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9875
9876 tp = inferior_thread ();
9877 thread = tp->num;
9878
9879 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9880 one. */
9881
9882 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9883 {
9884 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9885 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9886 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9887 sal,
9888 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9889 bp_until);
9890 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9891
9892 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9893 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9894 }
9895
9896 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9897
9898 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9899 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9900 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9901 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9902
9903 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9904 {
9905 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9906 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9907
9908 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9909 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9910 args->thread_num = thread;
9911
9912 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9913 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9914 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9915 xfree);
9916 }
9917 else
9918 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9919 }
9920
9921 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9922 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9923
9924 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9925 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9926 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9927 if clause in the arg string. */
9928
9929 static char *
9930 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9931 {
9932 char *cond_string;
9933
9934 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9935 return NULL;
9936
9937 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9938 (*arg) += 2;
9939
9940 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9941 condition string. */
9942 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9943 cond_string = *arg;
9944
9945 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9946 string. */
9947 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9948
9949 return cond_string;
9950 }
9951
9952 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9953 process start/exit, etc. */
9954
9955 typedef enum
9956 {
9957 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9958 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9959 }
9960 catch_fork_kind;
9961
9962 static void
9963 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9964 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9965 {
9966 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9967 char *cond_string = NULL;
9968 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9969 int tempflag;
9970
9971 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9972 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9973 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9974
9975 if (!arg)
9976 arg = "";
9977 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9978
9979 /* The allowed syntax is:
9980 catch [v]fork
9981 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9982
9983 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9984 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9985
9986 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9987 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9988
9989 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9990 and enable reporting of such events. */
9991 switch (fork_kind)
9992 {
9993 case catch_fork_temporary:
9994 case catch_fork_permanent:
9995 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9996 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9997 break;
9998 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9999 case catch_vfork_permanent:
10000 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10001 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
10002 break;
10003 default:
10004 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
10005 break;
10006 }
10007 }
10008
10009 static void
10010 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10011 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10012 {
10013 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
10014 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10015 int tempflag;
10016 char *cond_string = NULL;
10017
10018 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10019
10020 if (!arg)
10021 arg = "";
10022 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10023
10024 /* The allowed syntax is:
10025 catch exec
10026 catch exec if <cond>
10027
10028 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10029 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10030
10031 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10032 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10033
10034 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
10035 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10036 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
10037 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
10038
10039 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
10040 }
10041
10042 static enum print_stop_action
10043 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
10044 {
10045 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10046 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10047 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
10048
10049 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
10050
10051 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10052 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
10053 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
10054 b->loc->address,
10055 b->number, 1);
10056 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10057 ui_out_text (uiout,
10058 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
10059 : "Catchpoint ");
10060 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10061 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10062 ui_out_text (uiout,
10063 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
10064 : " (exception caught), ");
10065 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10066 {
10067 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10068 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10069 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10070 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10071 }
10072 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10073 }
10074
10075 static void
10076 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10077 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10078 {
10079 struct value_print_options opts;
10080 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10081
10082 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10083 if (opts.addressprint)
10084 {
10085 annotate_field (4);
10086 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
10088 else
10089 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
10090 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
10091 }
10092 annotate_field (5);
10093 if (b->loc)
10094 *last_loc = b->loc;
10095 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
10096 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
10097 else
10098 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
10099 }
10100
10101 static void
10102 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10103 {
10104 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10105 int bp_temp;
10106 int bp_throw;
10107
10108 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10109 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10110 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
10111 : _("Catchpoint "));
10112 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10113 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
10114 : _(" (catch)"));
10115 }
10116
10117 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
10118 catch catchpoints. */
10119
10120 static void
10121 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10122 struct ui_file *fp)
10123 {
10124 int bp_temp;
10125 int bp_throw;
10126
10127 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10128 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
10130 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
10131 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10132 }
10133
10134 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
10135
10136 static int
10137 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
10138 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
10139 {
10140 char *trigger_func_name;
10141
10142 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10143 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
10144 else
10145 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
10146
10147 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10148 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
10149 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10150 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
10151 0,
10152 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
10153 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
10154 1 /* enabled */,
10155 0 /* internal */);
10156
10157 return 1;
10158 }
10159
10160 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10161
10162 static void
10163 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10164 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10165 {
10166 char *cond_string = NULL;
10167
10168 if (!arg)
10169 arg = "";
10170 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10171
10172 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10173
10174 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10175 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10176
10177 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10178 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10179 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10180
10181 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10182 return;
10183
10184 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10185 }
10186
10187 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10188
10189 static void
10190 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10191 {
10192 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10193
10194 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10195 }
10196
10197 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10198
10199 static void
10200 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10201 {
10202 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10203
10204 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10205 }
10206
10207 void
10208 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10209 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10210 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10211 char *addr_string,
10212 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10213 int tempflag,
10214 int from_tty)
10215 {
10216 if (from_tty)
10217 {
10218 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10219 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10220 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10221
10222 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10223 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10224 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10225 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10226 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10227 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10228 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10229 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10230 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10231 enough for now, though. */
10232 }
10233
10234 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10235
10236 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10237 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10238 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10239 b->language = language_ada;
10240 }
10241
10242 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10243 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10244 static VEC(int) *
10245 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10246 {
10247 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10248 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10249
10250 while (*arg != '\0')
10251 {
10252 int i, syscall_number;
10253 char *endptr;
10254 char cur_name[128];
10255 struct syscall s;
10256
10257 /* Skip whitespace. */
10258 while (isspace (*arg))
10259 arg++;
10260
10261 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10262 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10263 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10264 arg += i;
10265
10266 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10267 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10268 if (*endptr == '\0')
10269 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10270 else
10271 {
10272 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10273 to a number. */
10274 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10275
10276 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10277 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10278 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10279 syscall number to be caught. */
10280 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10281 }
10282
10283 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10284 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10285 }
10286
10287 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10288 return result;
10289 }
10290
10291 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10292
10293 static void
10294 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10295 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10296 {
10297 int tempflag;
10298 VEC(int) *filter;
10299 struct syscall s;
10300 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10301
10302 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10303 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10304 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10305 this architecture yet."));
10306
10307 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10308
10309 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10310
10311 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10312 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10313 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10314 for his/her architecture. */
10315 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10316
10317 /* The allowed syntax is:
10318 catch syscall
10319 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10320
10321 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10322
10323 if (arg != NULL)
10324 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10325 else
10326 filter = NULL;
10327
10328 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10329 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10330 }
10331
10332 static void
10333 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10334 {
10335 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10336 }
10337 \f
10338
10339 static void
10340 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10341 {
10342 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10343 }
10344
10345 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10346
10347 static int
10348 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10349 {
10350 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10351 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10352 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10353 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10354
10355 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10356 return -1;
10357 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10358 return 1;
10359
10360 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10361 the number 0. */
10362 if (ua < ub)
10363 return -1;
10364 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10365 }
10366
10367 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10368
10369 static void
10370 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10371 {
10372 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10373 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10374 int ix;
10375 int default_match;
10376 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10377 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10378 int i;
10379 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10380
10381 if (arg)
10382 {
10383 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10384 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10385 default_match = 0;
10386 }
10387 else
10388 {
10389 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10390 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10391 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10392 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10393
10394 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10395 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10396 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10397 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10398 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10399 error (_("No source file specified."));
10400
10401 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10402 sals.nelts = 1;
10403
10404 default_match = 1;
10405 }
10406
10407 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10408 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10409 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10410 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10411
10412 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10413 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10414 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10415 due to optimization, all in one block.
10416
10417 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10418 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10419 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10420 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10421 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10422 to support that. */
10423
10424 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10425 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10426 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10427 breakpoint. */
10428
10429 found = NULL;
10430 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10431 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10432 {
10433 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10434
10435 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10436 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10437 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10438 or at default pc.
10439
10440 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10441
10442 0 1 pc
10443 1 1 pc _and_ line
10444 0 0 line
10445 1 0 <can't happen> */
10446
10447 sal = sals.sals[i];
10448 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10449 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10450
10451 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10453 {
10454 int match = 0;
10455 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10456 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10457 {
10458 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10459 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10460 {
10461 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10462 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10463 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10464 && sal.pc
10465 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10466 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10467 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10468 || loc->section == sal.section));
10469 int line_match = 0;
10470
10471 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10472 && loc->source_file != NULL
10473 && sal.symtab != NULL
10474 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10475 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10476 {
10477 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10478 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10479 line_match = 1;
10480 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10481 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10482 sal.symtab->filename,
10483 sal_name_len))
10484 line_match = 1;
10485 }
10486
10487 if (pc_match || line_match)
10488 {
10489 match = 1;
10490 break;
10491 }
10492 }
10493 }
10494
10495 if (match)
10496 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10497 }
10498 }
10499
10500 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10501 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10502 {
10503 if (arg)
10504 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10505 else
10506 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10507 }
10508
10509 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10510 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10511 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10512 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10513 compare_breakpoints);
10514 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10515 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10516 {
10517 if (b == prev)
10518 {
10519 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10520 --ix;
10521 }
10522 }
10523
10524 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10525 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10526 if (from_tty)
10527 {
10528 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10529 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10530 else
10531 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10532 }
10533 breakpoints_changed ();
10534
10535 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10536 {
10537 if (from_tty)
10538 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10539 delete_breakpoint (b);
10540 }
10541 if (from_tty)
10542 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10543
10544 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10545 }
10546 \f
10547 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10548 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10549 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10550
10551 void
10552 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10553 {
10554 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10555
10556 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10557 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10558 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10559 && bs->stop)
10560 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10561
10562 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10563 {
10564 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10565 delete_breakpoint (b);
10566 }
10567 }
10568
10569 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10570 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10571 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10572 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10573 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10574 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10575
10576 static int
10577 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10578 {
10579 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10580 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10581 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10582 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10583 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10584
10585 if (a->address != b->address)
10586 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10587
10588 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10589 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10590 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10591
10592 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
10593 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
10594 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10595
10596 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10597 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10598 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
10599
10600 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10601 }
10602
10603 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10604 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10605 content of the bp_location array. */
10606
10607 static void
10608 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10609 {
10610 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10611
10612 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10613 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10614
10615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10616 {
10617 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10618
10619 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10620 continue;
10621
10622 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10623 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10624
10625 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10626 addr = bl->address - start;
10627 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10628 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10629
10630 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10631
10632 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10633 addr = end - bl->address;
10634 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10635 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10636 }
10637 }
10638
10639 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10640
10641 static void
10642 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10643 {
10644 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10645 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10646
10647 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10648 return;
10649
10650 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10651
10652 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10653 {
10654 struct tracepoint *t;
10655
10656 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10657 continue;
10658
10659 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10660 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10661 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10662 continue;
10663
10664 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10665 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10666 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10667 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10668 continue;
10669
10670 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10671
10672 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10673
10674 bl->inserted = 1;
10675 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10676 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10677 }
10678
10679 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10680 }
10681
10682 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10683
10684 static void
10685 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10686 {
10687 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10688 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10689 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10690
10691 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10692 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10693 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10694 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10695 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10696
10697 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10698 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10699 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10700 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10701 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10702 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10703 }
10704
10705 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10706 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10707 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10708 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10709 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10710 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10711 returns true on them.
10712
10713 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10714 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10715 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10716 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10717 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10718 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10719
10720 static void
10721 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10722 {
10723 struct breakpoint *b;
10724 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10725 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10726
10727 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10728 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10729 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10730 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10731 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10732 once. */
10733 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10734 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10735 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10736 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10737
10738 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10739 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10740 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10741 unsigned old_location_count;
10742
10743 old_location = bp_location;
10744 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10745 bp_location = NULL;
10746 bp_location_count = 0;
10747 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10748
10749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10750 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10751 bp_location_count++;
10752
10753 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10754 locp = bp_location;
10755 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10756 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10757 *locp++ = loc;
10758 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10759 bp_location_compare);
10760
10761 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10762
10763 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10764 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10765 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10766 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10767 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10768 location.
10769
10770 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10771 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10772
10773 locp = bp_location;
10774 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10775 old_locp++)
10776 {
10777 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10778 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10779
10780 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10781 not, we have to free it. */
10782 int found_object = 0;
10783 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10784 int keep_in_target = 0;
10785 int removed = 0;
10786
10787 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10788 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10789 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10790 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10791 locp++;
10792
10793 for (loc2p = locp;
10794 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10795 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10796 loc2p++)
10797 {
10798 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10799 {
10800 found_object = 1;
10801 break;
10802 }
10803 }
10804
10805 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10806 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10807 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10808 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10809 at certain location is not inserted. */
10810
10811 if (old_loc->inserted)
10812 {
10813 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10814 it. */
10815
10816 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10817 {
10818 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10819 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10820 keep_in_target = 1;
10821 }
10822 else
10823 {
10824 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10825 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10826 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10827 this one from the target. */
10828
10829 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10830 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10831 {
10832 for (loc2p = locp;
10833 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10834 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10835 loc2p++)
10836 {
10837 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10838
10839 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10840 {
10841 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10842 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10843 supported, but the latter are. */
10844 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10845 {
10846 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10847 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10848 }
10849
10850 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10851 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10852 unduplicated. */
10853 if (loc2 != old_loc
10854 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10855 {
10856 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10857 keep_in_target = 1;
10858 break;
10859 }
10860 }
10861 }
10862 }
10863 }
10864
10865 if (!keep_in_target)
10866 {
10867 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10868 {
10869 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10870 this location on the global list, and try to
10871 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10872 reason why we will succeed next time.
10873
10874 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10875 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10876 only after calling us. */
10877 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10878 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10879 old_loc->owner->number);
10880 }
10881 removed = 1;
10882 }
10883 }
10884
10885 if (!found_object)
10886 {
10887 if (removed && non_stop
10888 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10889 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10890 {
10891 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10892 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10893 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10894 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10895 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10896 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10897 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10898 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10899 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10900 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10901 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10902 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10903 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10904 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10905 SIGTRAP.
10906
10907 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10908 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10909
10910 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10911 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10912 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10913 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10914 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10915 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10916 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10917 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10918 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10919 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10920 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10921 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10922 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10923 thread_count.
10924
10925 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10926 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10927 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10928 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10929
10930 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10931 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10932 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10933 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10934 traps we can no longer explain. */
10935
10936 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10937 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10938
10939 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10940 }
10941 else
10942 {
10943 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10944 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10945 }
10946 }
10947 }
10948
10949 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10950 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10951 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10952 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10953 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10954 are sorted first for the same address.
10955
10956 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10957 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10958
10959 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10960 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10961 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10962 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10963 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10964 {
10965 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10966 non-NULL. */
10967 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10968 b = loc->owner;
10969
10970 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10971 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10972 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10973 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10974 `struct bp_location'. */
10975 || is_tracepoint (b))
10976 continue;
10977
10978 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10979 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10980 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10981 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10982 "actually inserted"));
10983
10984 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10985 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10986 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10987 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10988 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10989 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10990 else
10991 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10992
10993 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10994 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10995 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10996 {
10997 *loc_first_p = loc;
10998 loc->duplicate = 0;
10999 continue;
11000 }
11001
11002
11003 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11004 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11005 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11006 if (loc->inserted)
11007 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11008 loc->duplicate = 1;
11009
11010 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
11011 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11012 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11013 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
11014 "a permanent breakpoint"));
11015 }
11016
11017 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
11018 && (have_live_inferiors ()
11019 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
11020 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11021
11022 if (should_insert)
11023 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11024
11025 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11026 }
11027
11028 void
11029 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11030 {
11031 struct bp_location *loc;
11032 int ix;
11033
11034 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
11035 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11036 {
11037 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11038 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
11039 --ix;
11040 }
11041 }
11042
11043 static void
11044 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
11045 {
11046 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11047
11048 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11049 update_global_location_list (inserting);
11050 }
11051
11052 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11053
11054 static void
11055 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
11056 {
11057 bpstat bs;
11058
11059 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
11060 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
11061 {
11062 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
11063 bs->old_val = NULL;
11064 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11065 }
11066 }
11067
11068 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11069 static int
11070 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
11071 {
11072 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
11073
11074 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
11075 return 0;
11076 }
11077
11078 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11079 callbacks. */
11080
11081 static void
11082 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
11083 {
11084 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11085 struct value_print_options opts;
11086
11087 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11088
11089 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11090 single string. */
11091 if (b->loc == NULL)
11092 {
11093 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
11094 }
11095 else
11096 {
11097 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
11098 {
11099 printf_filtered (" at ");
11100 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
11101 gdb_stdout);
11102 }
11103 if (b->loc->source_file)
11104 {
11105 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11106 more nicely. */
11107 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
11108 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
11109 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
11110 else
11111 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11112 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11113 real situation somewhat. */
11114 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
11115 }
11116
11117 if (b->loc->next)
11118 {
11119 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11120 int n = 0;
11121 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11122 ++n;
11123 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
11124 }
11125 }
11126 }
11127
11128 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
11129
11130 static void
11131 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
11132 {
11133 xfree (self->cond);
11134 xfree (self->function_name);
11135 xfree (self->source_file);
11136 }
11137
11138 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
11139 {
11140 bp_location_dtor
11141 };
11142
11143 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
11144 inherit from. */
11145
11146 static void
11147 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
11148 {
11149 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
11150 xfree (self->cond_string);
11151 xfree (self->addr_string);
11152 xfree (self->filter);
11153 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
11154 }
11155
11156 static struct bp_location *
11157 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
11158 {
11159 struct bp_location *loc;
11160
11161 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
11162 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
11163 return loc;
11164 }
11165
11166 static void
11167 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11168 {
11169 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11170 }
11171
11172 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11173 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11174
11175 static int
11176 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11177 {
11178 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11179 }
11180
11181 static int
11182 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11183 {
11184 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11185 }
11186
11187 static int
11188 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11189 struct address_space *aspace,
11190 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11191 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11192 {
11193 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11194 }
11195
11196 static void
11197 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
11198 {
11199 /* Always stop. */
11200 }
11201
11202 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11203 errors. */
11204
11205 static int
11206 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
11207 {
11208 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11209 }
11210
11211 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11212 errors. */
11213
11214 static int
11215 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11216 {
11217 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11218 }
11219
11220 static enum print_stop_action
11221 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
11222 {
11223 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11224 }
11225
11226 static void
11227 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11228 struct ui_out *uiout)
11229 {
11230 /* nothing */
11231 }
11232
11233 static void
11234 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11235 {
11236 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11237 }
11238
11239 static void
11240 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11241 {
11242 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11243 }
11244
11245 static void
11246 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11247 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11248 enum bptype type_wanted,
11249 char *addr_start,
11250 char **copy_arg)
11251 {
11252 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11253 }
11254
11255 static void
11256 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11257 struct linespec_result *c,
11258 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11259 char *cond_string,
11260 enum bptype type_wanted,
11261 enum bpdisp disposition,
11262 int thread,
11263 int task, int ignore_count,
11264 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
11265 int from_tty, int enabled,
11266 int internal)
11267 {
11268 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11269 }
11270
11271 static void
11272 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11273 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11274 {
11275 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11276 }
11277
11278 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
11279 {
11280 base_breakpoint_dtor,
11281 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
11282 base_breakpoint_re_set,
11283 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
11284 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
11285 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
11286 base_breakpoint_check_status,
11287 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
11288 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
11289 base_breakpoint_print_it,
11290 NULL,
11291 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
11292 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
11293 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
11294 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
11295 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
11296 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
11297 };
11298
11299 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11300
11301 static void
11302 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11303 {
11304 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11305 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11306 {
11307 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11308 delete_breakpoint (b);
11309 return;
11310 }
11311
11312 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11313 }
11314
11315 static int
11316 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11317 {
11318 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11319 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11320 &bl->target_info);
11321 else
11322 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11323 &bl->target_info);
11324 }
11325
11326 static int
11327 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11328 {
11329 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11330 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11331 else
11332 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11333 }
11334
11335 static int
11336 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11337 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11338 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11339 {
11340 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
11341
11342 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11343 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11344 return 0;
11345
11346 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
11347 aspace, bp_addr))
11348 return 0;
11349
11350 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
11351 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
11352 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
11353 return 0;
11354
11355 return 1;
11356 }
11357
11358 static int
11359 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11360 {
11361 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11362
11363 return 1;
11364 }
11365
11366 static enum print_stop_action
11367 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11368 {
11369 struct breakpoint *b;
11370 const struct bp_location *bl;
11371 int bp_temp;
11372 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11373
11374 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11375
11376 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11377 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11378
11379 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11380 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11381 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11382 bl->address,
11383 b->number, 1);
11384 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11385 if (bp_temp)
11386 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11387 else
11388 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11389 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11390 {
11391 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11392 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11393 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11394 }
11395 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11396 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11397
11398 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11399 }
11400
11401 static void
11402 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11403 {
11404 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11405 return;
11406
11407 switch (b->type)
11408 {
11409 case bp_breakpoint:
11410 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11411 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11412 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11413 else
11414 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11415 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11416 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11417 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11418 break;
11419 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11420 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11421 break;
11422 }
11423
11424 say_where (b);
11425 }
11426
11427 static void
11428 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11429 {
11430 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11432 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11433 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11434 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11435 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11437 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11439 else
11440 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11441 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11442
11443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11444 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11445 }
11446
11447 static void
11448 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11449 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11450 enum bptype type_wanted,
11451 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11452 {
11453 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11454 addr_start, copy_arg);
11455 }
11456
11457 static void
11458 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11459 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11460 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11461 char *cond_string,
11462 enum bptype type_wanted,
11463 enum bpdisp disposition,
11464 int thread,
11465 int task, int ignore_count,
11466 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11467 int from_tty, int enabled,
11468 int internal)
11469 {
11470 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11471 cond_string, type_wanted,
11472 disposition, thread, task,
11473 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11474 enabled, internal);
11475 }
11476
11477 static void
11478 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11479 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11480 {
11481 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11482 }
11483
11484 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11485
11486 static void
11487 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11488 {
11489 switch (b->type)
11490 {
11491 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11492 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11493 case bp_overlay_event:
11494 case bp_longjmp_master:
11495 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11496 case bp_exception_master:
11497 delete_breakpoint (b);
11498 break;
11499
11500 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11501 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11502 case bp_shlib_event:
11503
11504 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11505 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11506 case bp_thread_event:
11507 break;
11508 }
11509 }
11510
11511 static void
11512 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11513 {
11514 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
11515 {
11516 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11517 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11518 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11519 objects (among other things). */
11520 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
11521 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
11522 }
11523 else
11524 bs->stop = 0;
11525 }
11526
11527 static enum print_stop_action
11528 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11529 {
11530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11531 struct breakpoint *b;
11532
11533 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11534
11535 switch (b->type)
11536 {
11537 case bp_shlib_event:
11538 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11539 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11540 to shlib event" message.) */
11541 print_solib_event (0);
11542 break;
11543
11544 case bp_thread_event:
11545 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11546 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11547 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11548 break;
11549
11550 case bp_overlay_event:
11551 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11552 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11553 break;
11554
11555 case bp_longjmp_master:
11556 /* These should never be enabled. */
11557 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11558 break;
11559
11560 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11561 /* These should never be enabled. */
11562 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11563 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11564 break;
11565
11566 case bp_exception_master:
11567 /* These should never be enabled. */
11568 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11569 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11570 break;
11571 }
11572
11573 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11574 }
11575
11576 static void
11577 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11578 {
11579 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11580 }
11581
11582 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11583
11584 static void
11585 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11586 {
11587 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11588 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11589 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11590 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11591 }
11592
11593 static void
11594 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11595 {
11596 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11597 }
11598
11599 static enum print_stop_action
11600 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11601 {
11602 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11603
11604 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11605 {
11606 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11607
11608 switch (b->type)
11609 {
11610 case bp_finish:
11611 ui_out_field_string
11612 (uiout, "reason",
11613 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11614 break;
11615
11616 case bp_until:
11617 ui_out_field_string
11618 (uiout, "reason",
11619 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11620 break;
11621 }
11622 }
11623
11624 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11625 }
11626
11627 static void
11628 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11629 {
11630 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11631 }
11632
11633 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11634
11635 static void
11636 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11637 {
11638 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11639 }
11640
11641 static int
11642 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11643 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11644 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11645 {
11646 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11647 tracepoints. */
11648 return 0;
11649 }
11650
11651 static void
11652 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11653 struct ui_out *uiout)
11654 {
11655 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11656 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11657 {
11658 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11659
11660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11661 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11662 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11664 }
11665 }
11666
11667 static void
11668 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11669 {
11670 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11671 return;
11672
11673 switch (b->type)
11674 {
11675 case bp_tracepoint:
11676 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11677 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11678 break;
11679 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11680 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11681 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11682 break;
11683 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11684 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11685 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11686 break;
11687 default:
11688 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11689 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11690 }
11691
11692 say_where (b);
11693 }
11694
11695 static void
11696 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11697 {
11698 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11699
11700 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11701 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11702 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11704 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11705 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11706 else
11707 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11708 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11709
11710 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11711 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11712
11713 if (tp->pass_count)
11714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11715 }
11716
11717 static void
11718 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11719 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11720 enum bptype type_wanted,
11721 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11722 {
11723 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11724 addr_start, copy_arg);
11725 }
11726
11727 static void
11728 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11729 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11730 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11731 char *cond_string,
11732 enum bptype type_wanted,
11733 enum bpdisp disposition,
11734 int thread,
11735 int task, int ignore_count,
11736 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11737 int from_tty, int enabled,
11738 int internal)
11739 {
11740 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11741 cond_string, type_wanted,
11742 disposition, thread, task,
11743 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11744 enabled, internal);
11745 }
11746
11747 static void
11748 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11749 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11750 {
11751 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11752 }
11753
11754 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11755
11756 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11757 markers (`-m'). */
11758
11759 static void
11760 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11761 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11762 enum bptype type_wanted,
11763 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11764 {
11765 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11766
11767 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11768
11769 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11770
11771 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11772 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11773 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11774 }
11775
11776 static void
11777 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11778 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11779 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11780 char *cond_string,
11781 enum bptype type_wanted,
11782 enum bpdisp disposition,
11783 int thread,
11784 int task, int ignore_count,
11785 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11786 int from_tty, int enabled,
11787 int internal)
11788 {
11789 int i;
11790
11791 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11792 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11793 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11794 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11795 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11796 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11797
11798 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11799 {
11800 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11801 struct tracepoint *tp;
11802 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11803 char *addr_string;
11804
11805 expanded.nelts = 1;
11806 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11807
11808 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11809 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11810
11811 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11812 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11813 addr_string, NULL,
11814 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11815 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11816 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11817 canonical->special_display);
11818 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11819 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11820 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11821 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11822 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11823 corresponds to this one */
11824 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11825
11826 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11827
11828 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11829 }
11830 }
11831
11832 static void
11833 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11834 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11835 {
11836 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11837
11838 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11839 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11840 {
11841 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11842 sals->nelts = 1;
11843 }
11844 else
11845 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11846 }
11847
11848 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11849
11850 static int
11851 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11852 {
11853 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11854 }
11855
11856 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11857 structures. */
11858
11859 void
11860 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11861 {
11862 struct breakpoint *b;
11863
11864 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11865
11866 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11867 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11868 especial culprits.
11869
11870 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11871 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11872 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11873 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11874 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11875 deleted.
11876
11877 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11878 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11879 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11880 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11881 was chosen. */
11882 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11883 return;
11884
11885 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11886 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11887 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11888 {
11889 struct breakpoint *related;
11890 struct watchpoint *w;
11891
11892 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11893 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11894 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11895 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11896 else
11897 w = NULL;
11898 if (w != NULL)
11899 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11900
11901 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11902 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11903 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11904 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11905 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11906 }
11907
11908 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11909 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11910 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11911 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11912 if (bpt->number)
11913 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11914
11915 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11916 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11917
11918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11919 if (b->next == bpt)
11920 {
11921 b->next = bpt->next;
11922 break;
11923 }
11924
11925 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11926 been freed. */
11927 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11928 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11929 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11930 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11931 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11932 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11933 commands won't work. */
11934
11935 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11936
11937 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11938 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11939 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11940 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11941 might be better design to have location completely
11942 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11943 update_global_location_list (0);
11944
11945 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11946 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11947 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11948 bpt->type = bp_none;
11949 xfree (bpt);
11950 }
11951
11952 static void
11953 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11954 {
11955 delete_breakpoint (b);
11956 }
11957
11958 struct cleanup *
11959 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11960 {
11961 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11962 }
11963
11964 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11965 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11966
11967 static void
11968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11969 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11970 void *),
11971 void *data)
11972 {
11973 struct breakpoint *related;
11974
11975 related = b;
11976 do
11977 {
11978 struct breakpoint *next;
11979
11980 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11981 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11982
11983 if (next == related)
11984 {
11985 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11986 function (related, data);
11987
11988 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11989 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11990 out. */
11991 break;
11992 }
11993 else
11994 function (related, data);
11995
11996 related = next;
11997 }
11998 while (related != b);
11999 }
12000
12001 static void
12002 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12003 {
12004 delete_breakpoint (b);
12005 }
12006
12007 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12008 delete_breakpoint. */
12009
12010 static void
12011 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12012 {
12013 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12014 }
12015
12016 void
12017 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12018 {
12019 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12020
12021 dont_repeat ();
12022
12023 if (arg == 0)
12024 {
12025 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12026
12027 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12028 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12029 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12031 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12032 {
12033 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12034 break;
12035 }
12036
12037 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12038 if (!from_tty
12039 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12040 {
12041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12042 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12043 delete_breakpoint (b);
12044 }
12045 }
12046 else
12047 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12048 }
12049
12050 static int
12051 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
12052 {
12053 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12054 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
12055 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12056 return 0;
12057 return 1;
12058 }
12059
12060 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12061 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12062 Null names are ignored. */
12063
12064 static int
12065 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
12066 {
12067 struct bp_location *l;
12068 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
12069 (int (*) (const void *,
12070 const void *)) streq,
12071 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
12072
12073 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
12074 {
12075 const char **slot;
12076 const char *name = l->function_name;
12077
12078 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12079 if (name == NULL)
12080 continue;
12081
12082 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
12083 INSERT);
12084 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12085 returns NULL. */
12086 if (*slot != NULL)
12087 {
12088 htab_delete (htab);
12089 return 1;
12090 }
12091 *slot = name;
12092 }
12093
12094 htab_delete (htab);
12095 return 0;
12096 }
12097
12098 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12099 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12100 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12101 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12102 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12103 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12104 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12105 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12106 The heuristic is:
12107
12108 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12109 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12110 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12111 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12112 in the sources, and output a warning.
12113
12114 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12115 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12116 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12117 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12118 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12119 warning.
12120
12121 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12122 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12123 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12124 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12125 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12126 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12127 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12128 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12129 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12130
12131 static struct symtab_and_line
12132 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
12133 {
12134 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12135 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
12136 CORE_ADDR pc;
12137 int i;
12138
12139 pc = sal.pc;
12140 if (sal.line)
12141 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
12142
12143 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
12144 {
12145 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
12146 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12147 b->number,
12148 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
12149
12150 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12151 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
12152 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
12153
12154 return sal;
12155 }
12156
12157 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12158 by string ID. */
12159 if (!sal.explicit_pc
12160 && sal.line != 0
12161 && sal.symtab != NULL
12162 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
12163 {
12164 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
12165
12166 markers
12167 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12168
12169 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
12170 {
12171 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
12172 struct symbol *sym;
12173 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
12174 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12175
12176 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
12177
12178 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12179 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
12180
12181 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12182 "found at previous line number"),
12183 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12184
12185 init_sal (&sal2);
12186
12187 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
12188
12189 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
12190 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
12191 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
12192 if (sym)
12193 {
12194 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
12195 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
12196 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
12197 }
12198 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
12199 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
12200
12201 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12202 {
12203 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
12204
12205 if (fullname)
12206 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
12207 }
12208
12209 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
12210 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12211
12212 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
12213
12214 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
12215 if (sym)
12216 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
12217 else
12218 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
12219
12220 xfree (b->addr_string);
12221 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
12222 sal2.symtab->filename,
12223 b->loc->line_number);
12224
12225 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12226 so. */
12227
12228 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
12229 }
12230 }
12231 return sal;
12232 }
12233
12234 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12235 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12236
12237 static int
12238 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
12239 {
12240 while (a && b)
12241 {
12242 if (a->address != b->address)
12243 return 0;
12244
12245 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
12246 return 0;
12247
12248 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
12249 return 0;
12250
12251 a = a->next;
12252 b = b->next;
12253 }
12254
12255 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
12256 return 0;
12257
12258 return 1;
12259 }
12260
12261 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
12262 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
12263 a ranged breakpoint. */
12264
12265 void
12266 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
12267 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
12268 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
12269 {
12270 int i;
12271 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
12272
12273 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
12274 {
12275 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
12276 location. */
12277 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12278 update_global_location_list (1);
12279 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
12280 "multiple locations found\n"),
12281 b->number);
12282 return;
12283 }
12284
12285 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
12286 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
12287 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
12288 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
12289 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
12290 individual locations. */
12291 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
12292 return;
12293
12294 b->loc = NULL;
12295
12296 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12297 {
12298 struct bp_location *new_loc;
12299
12300 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
12301
12302 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
12303
12304 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
12305 old symtab. */
12306 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
12307 {
12308 char *s;
12309 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12310
12311 s = b->cond_string;
12312 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12313 {
12314 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
12315 0);
12316 }
12317 if (e.reason < 0)
12318 {
12319 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
12320 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
12321 b->number, e.message);
12322 new_loc->enabled = 0;
12323 }
12324 }
12325
12326 if (sals_end.nelts)
12327 {
12328 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
12329
12330 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
12331 }
12332 }
12333
12334 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
12335 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12336 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
12337
12338 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12339 breakpoints. */
12340 {
12341 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
12342 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12343 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12344 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12345 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12346 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12347 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
12348
12349 for (; e; e = e->next)
12350 {
12351 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
12352 {
12353 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
12354 if (have_ambiguous_names)
12355 {
12356 for (; l; l = l->next)
12357 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
12358 {
12359 l->enabled = 0;
12360 break;
12361 }
12362 }
12363 else
12364 {
12365 for (; l; l = l->next)
12366 if (l->function_name
12367 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
12368 {
12369 l->enabled = 0;
12370 break;
12371 }
12372 }
12373 }
12374 }
12375 }
12376
12377 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12378 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12379
12380 update_global_location_list (1);
12381 }
12382
12383 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12384 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12385
12386 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12387 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12388 {
12389 char *s;
12390 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12391 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12392
12393 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12394 s = addr_string;
12395
12396 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12397 {
12398 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12399 }
12400 if (e.reason < 0)
12401 {
12402 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12403 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12404 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12405 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12406 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12407 state, then user already saw the message about that
12408 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12409 errors. */
12410 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12411 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12412 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12413 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12414 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12415 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12416
12417 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12418 {
12419 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12420 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12421 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12422 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12423 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12424 which approach is better. */
12425 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12426 throw_exception (e);
12427 }
12428 }
12429
12430 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12431 {
12432 int i;
12433
12434 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12435 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12436 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12437 {
12438 char *cond_string = 0;
12439 int thread = -1;
12440 int task = 0;
12441
12442 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12443 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12444 if (cond_string)
12445 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12446 b->thread = thread;
12447 b->task = task;
12448 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12449 }
12450
12451 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12452 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12453
12454 *found = 1;
12455 }
12456 else
12457 *found = 0;
12458
12459 return sals;
12460 }
12461
12462 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12463 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12464 locations. */
12465
12466 static void
12467 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12468 {
12469 int found;
12470 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12471 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12472 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12473
12474 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12475 if (found)
12476 {
12477 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12478 expanded = sals;
12479 }
12480
12481 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12482 {
12483 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12484 if (found)
12485 {
12486 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12487 expanded_end = sals_end;
12488 }
12489 }
12490
12491 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12492 }
12493
12494 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12495 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12496
12497 static void
12498 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12499 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12500 enum bptype type_wanted,
12501 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12502 {
12503 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12504 }
12505
12506 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12507 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12508 breakpoint_ops. */
12509
12510 static void
12511 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12512 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12513 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12514 char *cond_string,
12515 enum bptype type_wanted,
12516 enum bpdisp disposition,
12517 int thread,
12518 int task, int ignore_count,
12519 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12520 int from_tty, int enabled,
12521 int internal)
12522 {
12523 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12524 type_wanted, disposition,
12525 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12526 enabled, internal);
12527 }
12528
12529 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12530 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12531
12532 static void
12533 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12534 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12535 {
12536 struct linespec_result canonical;
12537
12538 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12539 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12540 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12541 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12542 b->filter);
12543
12544 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12545 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12546
12547 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12548 {
12549 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12550
12551 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12552 *sals = lsal->sals;
12553 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12554 contents. */
12555 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12556 }
12557
12558 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12559 }
12560
12561 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12562
12563 static struct cleanup *
12564 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12565 {
12566 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12567
12568 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12569 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12570 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12571 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12572 set_language (b->language);
12573
12574 return cleanups;
12575 }
12576
12577 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12578 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12579 Unused in this case. */
12580
12581 static int
12582 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12583 {
12584 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12585 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12586 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12587
12588 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12589 b->ops->re_set (b);
12590 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12591 return 0;
12592 }
12593
12594 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12595 void
12596 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12597 {
12598 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12599 enum language save_language;
12600 int save_input_radix;
12601 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12602
12603 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12604 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12605 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12606
12607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12608 {
12609 /* Format possible error msg. */
12610 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12611 b->number);
12612 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12613 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12614 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12615 }
12616 set_language (save_language);
12617 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12618
12619 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12620
12621 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12622
12623 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12624 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12625 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12626 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12627
12628 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12629 skip_re_set ();
12630 }
12631 \f
12632 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12633
12634 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12635 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12636 void
12637 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12638 {
12639 if (b->thread != -1)
12640 {
12641 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12642 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12643
12644 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12645 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12646 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12647 as well. */
12648 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12649 }
12650 }
12651
12652 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12653 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12654 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12655
12656 void
12657 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12658 {
12659 struct breakpoint *b;
12660
12661 if (count < 0)
12662 count = 0;
12663
12664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12665 if (b->number == bptnum)
12666 {
12667 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12668 {
12669 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12670 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12671 bptnum);
12672 return;
12673 }
12674
12675 b->ignore_count = count;
12676 if (from_tty)
12677 {
12678 if (count == 0)
12679 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12680 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12681 bptnum);
12682 else if (count == 1)
12683 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12684 bptnum);
12685 else
12686 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12687 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12688 count, bptnum);
12689 }
12690 breakpoints_changed ();
12691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12692 return;
12693 }
12694
12695 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12696 }
12697
12698 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12699
12700 static void
12701 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12702 {
12703 char *p = args;
12704 int num;
12705
12706 if (p == 0)
12707 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12708
12709 num = get_number (&p);
12710 if (num == 0)
12711 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12712 if (*p == 0)
12713 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12714
12715 set_ignore_count (num,
12716 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12717 from_tty);
12718 if (from_tty)
12719 printf_filtered ("\n");
12720 }
12721 \f
12722 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12723 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12724
12725 static void
12726 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12727 void *),
12728 void *data)
12729 {
12730 int num;
12731 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12732 int match;
12733 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12734
12735 if (args == 0)
12736 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12737
12738 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12739
12740 while (!state.finished)
12741 {
12742 char *p = state.string;
12743
12744 match = 0;
12745
12746 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12747 if (num == 0)
12748 {
12749 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12750 }
12751 else
12752 {
12753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12754 if (b->number == num)
12755 {
12756 match = 1;
12757 function (b, data);
12758 break;
12759 }
12760 if (match == 0)
12761 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12762 }
12763 }
12764 }
12765
12766 static struct bp_location *
12767 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12768 {
12769 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12770 char *p1;
12771 int bp_num;
12772 int loc_num;
12773 struct breakpoint *b;
12774 struct bp_location *loc;
12775
12776 *dot = '\0';
12777
12778 p1 = number;
12779 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12780 if (bp_num == 0)
12781 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12782
12783 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12784 if (b->number == bp_num)
12785 {
12786 break;
12787 }
12788
12789 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12790 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12791
12792 p1 = dot+1;
12793 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12794 if (loc_num == 0)
12795 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12796
12797 --loc_num;
12798 loc = b->loc;
12799 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12800 ;
12801 if (!loc)
12802 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12803
12804 return loc;
12805 }
12806
12807
12808 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12809 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12810 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12811
12812 void
12813 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12814 {
12815 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12816 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12817 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12818 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12819 return;
12820
12821 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12822 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12823 return;
12824
12825 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12826
12827 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12828 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12829 {
12830 struct bp_location *location;
12831
12832 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12833 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12834 }
12835
12836 update_global_location_list (0);
12837
12838 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12839 }
12840
12841 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12842
12843 static void
12844 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12845 {
12846 disable_breakpoint (b);
12847 }
12848
12849 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12850 disable_breakpoint. */
12851
12852 static void
12853 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12854 {
12855 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12856 }
12857
12858 static void
12859 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12860 {
12861 if (args == 0)
12862 {
12863 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12864
12865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12866 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12867 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12868 }
12869 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12870 {
12871 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12872 if (loc)
12873 {
12874 loc->enabled = 0;
12875 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12876 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12877 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12878 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12879 }
12880 update_global_location_list (0);
12881 }
12882 else
12883 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12884 }
12885
12886 static void
12887 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12888 {
12889 int target_resources_ok;
12890
12891 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12892 {
12893 int i;
12894 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12895 target_resources_ok =
12896 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12897 i + 1, 0);
12898 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12899 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12900 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12901 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12902 }
12903
12904 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12905 {
12906 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12907 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12908 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12909
12910 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12911 {
12912 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12913
12914 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12915 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12916 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12917 }
12918 if (e.reason < 0)
12919 {
12920 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12921 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12922 bpt->number);
12923 return;
12924 }
12925 }
12926
12927 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12928 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12929
12930 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12931 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12932 {
12933 struct bp_location *location;
12934
12935 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12936 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12937 }
12938
12939 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12940 update_global_location_list (1);
12941 breakpoints_changed ();
12942
12943 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12944 }
12945
12946
12947 void
12948 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12949 {
12950 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12951 }
12952
12953 static void
12954 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12955 {
12956 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12957 }
12958
12959 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12960 enable_breakpoint. */
12961
12962 static void
12963 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12964 {
12965 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12966 }
12967
12968 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12969 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12970 in stopping the inferior. */
12971
12972 static void
12973 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12974 {
12975 if (args == 0)
12976 {
12977 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12978
12979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12980 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12981 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12982 }
12983 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12984 {
12985 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12986 if (loc)
12987 {
12988 loc->enabled = 1;
12989 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12990 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12991 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12992 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12993 }
12994 update_global_location_list (1);
12995 }
12996 else
12997 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12998 }
12999
13000 static void
13001 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13002 {
13003 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
13004
13005 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
13006 }
13007
13008 static void
13009 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13010 {
13011 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
13012
13013 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13014 }
13015
13016 static void
13017 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13018 {
13019 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
13020 }
13021
13022 static void
13023 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13024 {
13025 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
13026
13027 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13028 }
13029
13030 static void
13031 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13032 {
13033 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13034 }
13035 \f
13036 static void
13037 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13038 {
13039 }
13040
13041 static void
13042 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13043 {
13044 }
13045
13046 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13047 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13048 GDB itself. */
13049
13050 static void
13051 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
13052 const bfd_byte *data)
13053 {
13054 struct breakpoint *bp;
13055
13056 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13057 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
13058 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
13059 {
13060 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
13061
13062 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
13063 {
13064 struct bp_location *loc;
13065
13066 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13067 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13068 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
13069 && addr + len > loc->address)
13070 {
13071 value_free (wp->val);
13072 wp->val = NULL;
13073 wp->val_valid = 0;
13074 }
13075 }
13076 }
13077 }
13078
13079 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
13080 if they aren't valid. */
13081
13082 struct symtabs_and_lines
13083 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
13084 {
13085 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
13086
13087 if (string == 0)
13088 error (_("Empty line specification."));
13089 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
13090 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
13091 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
13092 get_last_displayed_line ());
13093 else
13094 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
13095 if (*string)
13096 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
13097 return sals;
13098 }
13099
13100 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
13101 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
13102 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
13103 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
13104 someday. */
13105
13106 void *
13107 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13108 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13109 {
13110 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
13111
13112 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
13113
13114 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
13115 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
13116
13117 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
13118 {
13119 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
13120 xfree (bp_tgt);
13121 return NULL;
13122 }
13123
13124 return bp_tgt;
13125 }
13126
13127 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
13128 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
13129
13130 int
13131 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
13132 {
13133 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
13134 int ret;
13135
13136 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13137 xfree (bp_tgt);
13138
13139 return ret;
13140 }
13141
13142 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
13143 stepping. */
13144
13145 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
13146 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
13147
13148 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13149
13150 void
13151 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13152 struct address_space *aspace,
13153 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
13154 {
13155 void **bpt_p;
13156
13157 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
13158 {
13159 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
13160 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
13161 }
13162 else
13163 {
13164 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
13165 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
13166 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
13167 }
13168
13169 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
13170 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
13171 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
13172 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
13173 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
13174 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
13175
13176 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
13177 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
13178 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
13179 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
13180 }
13181
13182 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
13183 were inserted or not. */
13184
13185 int
13186 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
13187 {
13188 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
13189 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
13190 }
13191
13192 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
13193
13194 void
13195 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13196 {
13197 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
13198
13199 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
13200 call. */
13201 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
13202 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
13203 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
13204 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
13205
13206 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
13207 {
13208 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
13209 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
13210 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
13211 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
13212 }
13213 }
13214
13215 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
13216 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
13217 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
13218 exec. */
13219
13220 void
13221 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13222 {
13223 int i;
13224
13225 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13226 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13227 {
13228 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13229 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
13230 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
13231 }
13232 }
13233
13234 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
13235 removing them. */
13236
13237 static void
13238 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13239 {
13240 int i;
13241
13242 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13243 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13244 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
13245 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13246 }
13247
13248 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13249 PC. */
13250
13251 static int
13252 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
13253 CORE_ADDR pc)
13254 {
13255 int i;
13256
13257 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13258 {
13259 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
13260 if (bp_tgt
13261 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13262 bp_tgt->placed_address,
13263 aspace, pc))
13264 return 1;
13265 }
13266
13267 return 0;
13268 }
13269
13270 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
13271 non-zero otherwise. */
13272 static int
13273 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
13274 {
13275 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
13276 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
13277 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
13278 return 1;
13279 else
13280 return 0;
13281 }
13282
13283 int
13284 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
13285 {
13286 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
13287
13288 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
13289 }
13290
13291 int
13292 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
13293 {
13294 struct breakpoint *bp;
13295
13296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13297 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
13298 {
13299 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
13300
13301 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
13302 {
13303 int i, iter;
13304 for (i = 0;
13305 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
13306 i++)
13307 if (syscall_number == iter)
13308 return 1;
13309 }
13310 else
13311 return 1;
13312 }
13313
13314 return 0;
13315 }
13316
13317 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
13318 static char **
13319 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13320 char *text, char *word)
13321 {
13322 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
13323 char **retlist
13324 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
13325
13326 xfree (list);
13327 return retlist;
13328 }
13329
13330 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
13331
13332 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
13333 static void
13334 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
13335 {
13336 tracepoint_count = num;
13337 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
13338 }
13339
13340 void
13341 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13342 {
13343 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13344 arg,
13345 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13346 0 /* tempflag */,
13347 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13348 0 /* Ignore count */,
13349 pending_break_support,
13350 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13351 from_tty,
13352 1 /* enabled */,
13353 0 /* internal */))
13354 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13355 }
13356
13357 void
13358 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13359 {
13360 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13361 arg,
13362 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13363 0 /* tempflag */,
13364 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13365 0 /* Ignore count */,
13366 pending_break_support,
13367 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13368 from_tty,
13369 1 /* enabled */,
13370 0 /* internal */))
13371 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13372 }
13373
13374 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13375
13376 void
13377 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13378 {
13379 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13380
13381 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13382 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13383 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13384 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13385 else
13386 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13387
13388 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13389 arg,
13390 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13391 0 /* tempflag */,
13392 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13393 0 /* Ignore count */,
13394 pending_break_support,
13395 ops,
13396 from_tty,
13397 1 /* enabled */,
13398 0 /* internal */))
13399 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13400 }
13401
13402 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13403 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13404
13405 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13406 static int next_cmd;
13407
13408 static char *
13409 read_uploaded_action (void)
13410 {
13411 char *rslt;
13412
13413 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13414
13415 next_cmd++;
13416
13417 return rslt;
13418 }
13419
13420 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13421 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13422 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13423 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13424 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13425
13426 struct tracepoint *
13427 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13428 {
13429 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13430 struct tracepoint *tp;
13431
13432 if (utp->at_string)
13433 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13434 else
13435 {
13436 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13437 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13438 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13439 user. */
13440 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13441 "source location, using raw address"),
13442 utp->number);
13443 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13444 addr_str = small_buf;
13445 }
13446
13447 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13448 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13449 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13450 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13451 utp->number);
13452
13453 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13454 addr_str,
13455 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13456 0 /* tempflag */,
13457 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13458 0 /* Ignore count */,
13459 pending_break_support,
13460 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13461 0 /* from_tty */,
13462 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13463 0 /* internal */))
13464 return NULL;
13465
13466 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13467
13468 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13469 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13470 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13471
13472 if (utp->pass > 0)
13473 {
13474 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13475
13476 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13477 }
13478
13479 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13480 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13481 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13482 function. */
13483 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13484 {
13485 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13486
13487 this_utp = utp;
13488 next_cmd = 0;
13489
13490 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13491
13492 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13493 }
13494 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13495 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13496 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13497 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13498 utp->number);
13499
13500 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13501 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13502 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13503
13504 return tp;
13505 }
13506
13507 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13508 omitted. */
13509
13510 static void
13511 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13512 {
13513 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13514 int num_printed;
13515
13516 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13517
13518 if (num_printed == 0)
13519 {
13520 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13521 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13522 else
13523 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13524 }
13525
13526 default_collect_info ();
13527 }
13528
13529 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13530 Not supported by all targets. */
13531 static void
13532 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13533 {
13534 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13535 }
13536
13537 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13538 Not supported by all targets. */
13539 static void
13540 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13541 {
13542 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13543 }
13544
13545 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13546 static void
13547 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13548 {
13549 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13550
13551 dont_repeat ();
13552
13553 if (arg == 0)
13554 {
13555 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13556
13557 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13558 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13559 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13560 argument. */
13561 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13562 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13563 {
13564 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13565 break;
13566 }
13567
13568 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13569 if (!from_tty
13570 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13571 {
13572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13573 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13574 delete_breakpoint (b);
13575 }
13576 }
13577 else
13578 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13579 }
13580
13581 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13582
13583 static void
13584 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13585 {
13586 tp->pass_count = count;
13587 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13588 if (from_tty)
13589 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13590 tp->base.number, count);
13591 }
13592
13593 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13594
13595 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13596 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13597 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13598
13599 static void
13600 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13601 {
13602 struct tracepoint *t1;
13603 unsigned int count;
13604
13605 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13606 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13607 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13608
13609 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13610
13611 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13612 args++;
13613
13614 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13615 {
13616 struct breakpoint *b;
13617
13618 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13619 if (*args)
13620 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13621
13622 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13623 {
13624 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13625 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13626 }
13627 }
13628 else if (*args == '\0')
13629 {
13630 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13631 if (t1)
13632 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13633 }
13634 else
13635 {
13636 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13637
13638 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13639 while (!state.finished)
13640 {
13641 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13642 if (t1)
13643 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13644 }
13645 }
13646 }
13647
13648 struct tracepoint *
13649 get_tracepoint (int num)
13650 {
13651 struct breakpoint *t;
13652
13653 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13654 if (t->number == num)
13655 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13656
13657 return NULL;
13658 }
13659
13660 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13661 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13662 reconnecting). */
13663
13664 struct tracepoint *
13665 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13666 {
13667 struct breakpoint *b;
13668
13669 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13670 {
13671 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13672
13673 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13674 return t;
13675 }
13676
13677 return NULL;
13678 }
13679
13680 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13681 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13682 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13683 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13684 struct tracepoint *
13685 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13686 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13687 int optional_p)
13688 {
13689 extern int tracepoint_count;
13690 struct breakpoint *t;
13691 int tpnum;
13692 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13693
13694 if (state)
13695 {
13696 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13697 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13698 }
13699 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13700 {
13701 if (optional_p)
13702 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13703 else
13704 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13705 }
13706 else
13707 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13708
13709 if (tpnum <= 0)
13710 {
13711 if (instring && *instring)
13712 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13713 instring);
13714 else
13715 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13716 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13717 return NULL;
13718 }
13719
13720 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13721 if (t->number == tpnum)
13722 {
13723 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13724 }
13725
13726 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13727 return NULL;
13728 }
13729
13730 void
13731 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13732 {
13733 if (b->thread != -1)
13734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13735
13736 if (b->task != 0)
13737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13738
13739 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13740 }
13741
13742 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13743 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13744 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13745 non-zero. */
13746
13747 static void
13748 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13749 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13750 {
13751 struct breakpoint *tp;
13752 int any = 0;
13753 char *pathname;
13754 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13755 struct ui_file *fp;
13756 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13757
13758 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13759 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13760
13761 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13762 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13763 {
13764 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13765 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13766 continue;
13767
13768 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13769 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13770 continue;
13771
13772 any = 1;
13773
13774 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13775 {
13776 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13777
13778 /* We can stop searching. */
13779 break;
13780 }
13781 }
13782
13783 if (!any)
13784 {
13785 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13786 return;
13787 }
13788
13789 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13790 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13791 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13792 if (!fp)
13793 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13794 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13795 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13796
13797 if (extra_trace_bits)
13798 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13799
13800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13801 {
13802 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13803 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13804 continue;
13805
13806 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13807 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13808 continue;
13809
13810 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13811
13812 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13813 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13814 instead. */
13815
13816 if (tp->cond_string)
13817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13818
13819 if (tp->ignore_count)
13820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13821
13822 if (tp->commands)
13823 {
13824 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13825
13826 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13827
13828 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13829 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13830 {
13831 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13832 }
13833 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13834
13835 if (ex.reason < 0)
13836 throw_exception (ex);
13837
13838 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13839 }
13840
13841 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13843
13844 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13845 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13846 special, and not user visible. */
13847 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13848 {
13849 struct bp_location *loc;
13850 int n = 1;
13851
13852 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13853 if (!loc->enabled)
13854 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13855 }
13856 }
13857
13858 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13860
13861 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13862 if (from_tty)
13863 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13864 }
13865
13866 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13867
13868 static void
13869 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13870 {
13871 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13872 }
13873
13874 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13875
13876 static void
13877 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13878 {
13879 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13880 }
13881
13882 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13883
13884 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13885 all_tracepoints (void)
13886 {
13887 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13888 struct breakpoint *tp;
13889
13890 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13891 {
13892 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13893 }
13894
13895 return tp_vec;
13896 }
13897
13898 \f
13899 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13900 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13901 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13902 command. */
13903 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13904 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13905 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13906 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13907 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13908 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13909 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13910 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13911 \n\
13912 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13913 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13914 \n\
13915 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13916 conditions are different.\n\
13917 \n\
13918 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13919
13920 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13921 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13922
13923 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13924 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13925
13926 void
13927 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13928 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13929 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13930 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13931 char *text, char *word),
13932 void *user_data_catch,
13933 void *user_data_tcatch)
13934 {
13935 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13936
13937 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13938 &catch_cmdlist);
13939 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13940 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13941 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13942
13943 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13944 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13945 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13946 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13947 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13948 }
13949
13950 static void
13951 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13952 {
13953 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13954 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13955 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13956 }
13957
13958 static void
13959 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13960 {
13961 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13962 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13963 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13964 }
13965
13966 struct breakpoint *
13967 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13968 void *data)
13969 {
13970 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13971
13972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13973 {
13974 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13975 return b;
13976 }
13977
13978 return NULL;
13979 }
13980
13981 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13982 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13983
13984 static int
13985 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13986 {
13987 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13988 non-inline function. */
13989 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13990 return 1;
13991
13992 return 0;
13993 }
13994
13995 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13996 have been inlined. */
13997
13998 int
13999 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
14000 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
14001 {
14002 struct breakpoint *b;
14003 struct bp_location *bl;
14004
14005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14006 {
14007 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
14008 continue;
14009
14010 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
14011 {
14012 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
14013 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
14014 return 1;
14015 }
14016 }
14017
14018 return 0;
14019 }
14020
14021 void
14022 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14023 {
14024 static int initialized = 0;
14025
14026 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14027
14028 if (initialized)
14029 return;
14030 initialized = 1;
14031
14032 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14033 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14034 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14035 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14036 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14037 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14038 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
14039 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
14040 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
14041 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
14042 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
14043 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
14044
14045 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14046 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14047 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14048 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14049 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
14050 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
14051 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
14052 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
14053
14054 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14055 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
14056 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14057 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
14058 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
14059 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
14060 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
14061 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
14062 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
14063 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
14064
14065 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14066 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
14067 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14068 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
14069 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
14070 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
14071 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
14072
14073 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14074 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
14075 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14076 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
14077 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
14078 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
14079 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
14080
14081 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
14082 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
14083 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14084 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
14085 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
14086 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
14087 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
14088
14089 /* Watchpoints. */
14090 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14091 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14092 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
14093 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
14094 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
14095 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
14096 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
14097 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
14098 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
14099 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
14100 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
14101 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
14102 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
14103
14104 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14105 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14106 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14107 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
14108 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
14109 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
14110 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
14111 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
14112 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
14113 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
14114 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
14115
14116 /* Tracepoints. */
14117 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14118 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14119 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
14120 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
14121 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
14122 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
14123 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
14124 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
14125 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
14126 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
14127
14128 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14129 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14130 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14131 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
14132 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
14133 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
14134
14135 /* Fork catchpoints. */
14136 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
14137 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14138 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
14139 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
14140 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
14141 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
14142 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
14143 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
14144 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
14145
14146 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
14147 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
14148 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14149 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
14150 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
14151 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
14152 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
14153 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
14154 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
14155 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
14156
14157 /* Exec catchpoints. */
14158 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
14159 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14160 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
14161 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
14162 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
14163 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
14164 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
14165 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
14166 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
14167 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
14168
14169 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
14170 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
14171 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14172 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
14173 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
14174 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
14175 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
14176 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
14177 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
14178 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
14179 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
14180
14181 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14182 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
14183 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14184 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
14185 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
14186 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
14187 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
14188 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
14189 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
14190 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
14191 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
14192 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
14193 }
14194
14195 void
14196 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
14197 {
14198 struct cmd_list_element *c;
14199
14200 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14201
14202 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
14203 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
14204 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
14205
14206 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
14207
14208 breakpoint_chain = 0;
14209 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14210 before a breakpoint is set. */
14211 breakpoint_count = 0;
14212
14213 tracepoint_count = 0;
14214
14215 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
14216 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14217 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14218 if (xdb_commands)
14219 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
14220
14221 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
14222 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
14223 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14224 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14225 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14226 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14227 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14228 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14229
14230 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
14231 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14232 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
14233 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
14234
14235 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
14236 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14237 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14238 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14239 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14240 \n"
14241 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14242 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14243
14244 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
14245 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14246 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14247 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14248 \n"
14249 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14250 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14251
14252 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
14253 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14254 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14255 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14256 \n"
14257 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14258 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14259
14260 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14261 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14262 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14263 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14264 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14265 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14266 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14267 if (xdb_commands)
14268 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14269 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14270 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14271 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14272 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14273 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
14274
14275 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14276
14277 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14278 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14279 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14280 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14281 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
14282 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
14283
14284 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14285 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14286 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14287 &enablebreaklist);
14288
14289 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14290 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14291 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14292 &enablebreaklist);
14293
14294 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14295 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14296 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14297 &enablelist);
14298
14299 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14300 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14301 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14302 &enablelist);
14303
14304 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14305 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14306 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14307 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14308 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14309 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14310 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14311 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14312 if (xdb_commands)
14313 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14314 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14315 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14316 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14317 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
14318
14319 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
14320 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14321 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14322 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14323 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14324 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14325 &disablelist);
14326
14327 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14328 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14329 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14330 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14331 \n\
14332 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
14333 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
14334 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
14335 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14336 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14337 if (xdb_commands)
14338 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14339 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
14340 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14341 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
14342
14343 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
14344 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14345 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14346 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14347 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14348 &deletelist);
14349
14350 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
14351 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
14352 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14353 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
14354 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
14355 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
14356 \n\
14357 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14358 is executing in.\n\
14359 \n\
14360 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14361 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
14362
14363 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
14364 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
14365 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14366 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14367
14368 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
14369 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
14370 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
14371 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
14372
14373 if (xdb_commands)
14374 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
14375
14376 if (dbx_commands)
14377 {
14378 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
14379 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
14380 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
14381 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
14382 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
14383 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
14384 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
14385 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
14386 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14387 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14388 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14389 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14390 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14391 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14392 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14393 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14394 \n\
14395 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14396 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14397 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14398 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14399 breakpoint set."));
14400 }
14401
14402 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14403 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14404 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14405 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14406 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14407 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14408 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14409 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14410 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14411 \n\
14412 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14413 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14414 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14415 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14416 breakpoint set."));
14417
14418 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14419
14420 if (xdb_commands)
14421 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14422 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14423 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14424 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14425 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14426 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14427 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14428 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14429 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14430 \n\
14431 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14432 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14433 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14434 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14435 breakpoint set."));
14436
14437 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14438 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14439 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14440 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14441 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14442 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14443 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14444 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14445 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14446 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14447 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14448 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14449 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14450 \n\
14451 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14452 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14453 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14454 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14455 breakpoint set."),
14456 &maintenanceinfolist);
14457
14458 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14459 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14460 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14461 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14462
14463 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14464 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14465 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14466 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14467
14468 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14469 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14470 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14471 catch_catch_command,
14472 NULL,
14473 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14474 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14475 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14476 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14477 catch_throw_command,
14478 NULL,
14479 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14480 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14481 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14482 catch_fork_command_1,
14483 NULL,
14484 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14485 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14486 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14487 catch_fork_command_1,
14488 NULL,
14489 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14490 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14491 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14492 catch_exec_command_1,
14493 NULL,
14494 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14495 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14496 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
14497 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
14498 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14499 catch_load_command_1,
14500 NULL,
14501 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14502 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14503 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
14504 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
14505 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14506 catch_unload_command_1,
14507 NULL,
14508 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14509 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14510 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14511 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14512 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14513 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14514 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14515 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14516 catch_syscall_command_1,
14517 catch_syscall_completer,
14518 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14519 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14520
14521 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14522 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14523 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14524 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14525 an expression changes.\n\
14526 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14527 the memory to which it refers."));
14528 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14529
14530 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14531 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14532 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14533 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14534 an expression is read.\n\
14535 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14536 the memory to which it refers."));
14537 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14538
14539 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14540 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14541 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14542 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14543 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14544 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14545 the memory to which it refers."));
14546 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14547
14548 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14549 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14550
14551 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14552 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14553 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14554 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14555 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14556 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14557 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14558 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14559 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14560 hardware.)"),
14561 NULL,
14562 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14563 &setlist, &showlist);
14564
14565 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14566
14567 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14568
14569 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14570 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14571 \n"
14572 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14573 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14574 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14575
14576 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14577 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14578 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14579 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14580
14581 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14582 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14583 \n"
14584 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14585 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14586 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14587
14588 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14589 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14590 \n\
14591 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14592 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14593 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14594 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14595 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14596 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14597 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14598 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14599 the selected stack frame.\n\
14600 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14601 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14602 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14603 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14604 \n\
14605 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14606 \n\
14607 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14608 conditions are different.\n\
14609 \n\
14610 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14611 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14612 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14613
14614 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14615 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14616 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14617 last tracepoint set."));
14618
14619 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14620
14621 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14622 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14623 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14624 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14625 &deletelist);
14626
14627 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14628 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14629 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14630 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14631 &disablelist);
14632 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14633
14634 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14635 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14636 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14637 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14638 &enablelist);
14639 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14640
14641 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14642 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14643 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14644 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14645 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14646
14647 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14648 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14649 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14650 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14651
14652 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14653 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14654 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14655 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14656 session to restore them."),
14657 &save_cmdlist);
14658 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14659
14660 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14661 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14662 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14663 &save_cmdlist);
14664 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14665
14666 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14667 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14668
14669 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14670 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14671 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14672 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14673 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14674 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14675 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14676 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14677 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14678 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14679 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14680 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14681
14682 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14683 &pending_break_support, _("\
14684 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14685 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14686 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14687 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14688 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14689 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14690 NULL,
14691 show_pending_break_support,
14692 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14693 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14694
14695 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14696
14697 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14698 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14699 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14700 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14701 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14702 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14703 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14704 NULL,
14705 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14706 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14707 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14708
14709 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14710 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14711 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14712 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14713 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14714 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14715 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14716 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14717 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14718 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14719 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14720 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14721 NULL,
14722 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14723 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14724 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14725
14726 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14727 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14728 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14729 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14730 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14731 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14732 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14733 or the start of the range\n\
14734 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14735 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14736 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14737 \n\
14738 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14739 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14740 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14741
14742 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14743
14744 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14745 }
This page took 0.356803 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.